e

ED/STV/2001/PI/16
Mechanical Engineering
Higher National Diploma (HND)
Curriculum and Course Specifications
NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION

Federal Republic of Nigeria
UNESCO Nigeria Project
2001
Mechanical Engineering - Higher National Diploma
(HND)
National Board for Technical Education Kaduna
OPTIONS IN:
1. MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING
2. POWER AND PLANT ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM AND COURSE SPECIFICATIONS

AUGUST 2001
PLOT B BIDA ROAD, P.M.B. 2239, KADUNA - NIGERIA.
Mineral Resources Students Conducting Practicals on

Humphrey's Spirial for Gravity Concentration of Minerals
Table of Contents
GENERAL INFORMATION HND .................................................................................................................... 4

CURRICULUM TABLE ................................................................................................................................... 9
MATHEMATICAL COURSES ....................................................................................................................... 13
Advanced Algebra .................................................................................................................................... 13
Advanced Calculus................................................................................................................................... 19
Numerical Methods................................................................................................................................... 24
Statistical Methods in Engineering............................................................................................................ 27
GENERAL STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT COURSES............................................................................... 31
Communication in English III .................................................................................................................... 31
Engineer in Society................................................................................................................................... 33
Entrepreneurship Development I .............................................................................................................. 40
Engineering Design .................................................................................................................................. 43
Technical Report Writing II ....................................................................................................................... 48
Business Management ............................................................................................................................. 49
Operations Management .......................................................................................................................... 51
Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................................... 53
Transport Management ............................................................................................................................ 55
Maintenance Management ....................................................................................................................... 57
COMPUTER AND ELECTRICAL COURSES ............................................................................................... 59
CAD/CAM................................................................................................................................................. 59
CNC: Programming & Robotics ................................................................................................................ 61
Computer Programming ........................................................................................................................... 63
Electrical Power And Machines ................................................................................................................ 70
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSES.................................................................................................. 76
Strength of Materials I .............................................................................................................................. 76
Instrumentation and Control ..................................................................................................................... 80
Mechanics of Machines ............................................................................................................................ 90
Strength of Materials II ............................................................................................................................. 96
Fluid Mechanics...................................................................................................................................... 106
Metal Forming and Heat Treatment ........................................................................................................ 113
Joining and Fabrication Process............................................................................................................. 120
Foundry Technology and Practice .......................................................................................................... 127
Metrology................................................................................................................................................ 135
Testing and Failure of Materials ............................................................................................................. 144
Fluid Power Machines ............................................................................................................................ 152
Machine Element Design........................................................................................................................ 159
Engineering Materials and Application.................................................................................................... 167
Machine Tools Systems ......................................................................................................................... 171
Steam Power Engineering ...................................................................................................................... 176
2
Machine Tools Processes....................................................................................................................... 187
Press and Cutting Tools Design ............................................................................................................. 190
Environmental Engineering..................................................................................................................... 198
Material Handling.................................................................................................................................... 202
Jigs, Fixture and Tool Design ................................................................................................................. 207
Machine Assembly Installation & Commissioning................................................................................... 209
Applied Thermodynamics ....................................................................................................................... 216
Safety ..................................................................................................................................................... 222
Internal Combustion Engines.................................................................................................................. 228
Energy Conversion and Heat Transfer ................................................................................................... 233
Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning.......................................................................................................... 238
Mechanical Equipment in Buildings ........................................................................................................ 245
Automotive Technology .......................................................................................................................... 254
Process, Construction and Mining Equipment ........................................................................................ 263
Electro-Mechanical Controls................................................................................................................... 265
LIST OF WORKSHOP/LABORATORIES AND EQUIPMENT..................................................................... 271
GUIDELINES FOR TEXTBOOK WRITERS................................................................................................ 294
LIST OF PARTICIPANTS ........................................................................................................................... 295
3
GENERAL INFORMATION HND
1.0 PHILOSOPHY OF THE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAMME
The Mechanical Engineering Programme is designed to reflect a FUNCTIONAL philosophy of education.

While seeking to achieve academic excellence and promote the furtherance of knowledge, the mechanical
engineering programme also seeks to aid ... the acquisition of appropriate skills, abilities and competence,
both mental and physical as equipment for the individual to live in and contribute to the development of
his/her society ...
The programme is therefore committed to the production of qualified and competent technicians who will be
able to face the challenges concomitant with the aspiration of the country to be technological developed.
Power and Plant Engineering Technology option
The programme is designed to produce a power and plant technologist for the manufacturing, transportation
and power generating industries such as NEPA, NPA, NRC, REB. Diplomates of the programme should be
able to:
a. interpret information in mechanical and technical literature and specify requirements for
mechanical systems;
b. install, maintain, and repair industrial plants;
c. install, maintain, diagnose and repair power generating units such as internal combustion
engines, gas and steam turbines, hydraulic and pneumatic equipment, e.g. forklift,
compressors and steam boilers;
d. supervise mechanical engineering technicians, craftsmen and artisans in a manufacturing
and other process and industrial plants;
e. plan and execute maintenance operations in industrial
4
Manufacturing Engineering Technology
Mechanical - Manufacturing Engineering Technology
The programme in Manufacturing Engineering technology is aimed at producing technologists with

knowledge and skills for manufacturing and maintenance of the mechanical engineering and similar
industries. Diplomates of the programme should be able to:
a. use and operate various machine tools and equipment in the manufacturing of
engineering components.
b. Understand the principles and application of manufacturing management techniques;
c. Design tools and jigs and produce proto-type of such items;
d. Fabricate metal products using various techniques and processes;
e. Plan and carry out installation, maintenance and repair of plant, machines and equipment;
f. Manage materials and human resources in the manufacturing industries at this level.
5
2.0 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
The general entry requirements for the HND programme include:
a. all the requirements for admission into the ND programme in mechanical engineering
b. a minimum of lower credit pass (CGPA) of 2.50 and above in the ND examination in
Mechanical Engineering Technology; and
c. a minimum of one year cognate work experience.
In exceptional cases, the ND diplomates with a pass grade (CGPA) 2.0 - 2.49) in the ND examination that
had two or more years of cognate work experience may be considered for admission into the HND
programme. However, the number of candidates should not be more than 10% of the total student intake in
each class.
3.0 DURATION
The programme is designed to run for four semesters, that is two academic sessions.
4.0 CURRICULUM
4.1 The curriculum of HND programme consist of four main components. These are:
a. General studies/education
b. Foundation courses.
c. Professional courses
d. Project.
4.2 The General Education component shall include courses in:
English Language, Communication, Industrial Management and Engineer in Society, The

General Education component shall account for not more than 15% of the total contact
hours for the programme.
4.3 Foundation courses include courses in Mathematics. The number of hours for the programme may
account for about 10-15% of the total contact hours.
4.4 Professional courses are ore courses of the programme which give the student the theory and
professional skills he needs to practise his field of calling at the technician/technologist level. These may
account for between 60-70% of the contact hours.
6
5.0 CURRICULUM STRUCTURE
The structure of the Higher National Diploma programme consists of four semester of classroom, laboratory
and workshop activities in the college. Each semester shall be of 18 weeks duration made up as follows:
a. 15 weeks of teaching, i.e. recitation, practical exercise, quizzes, test, etc; and
b. 3 weeks for examinations and registration.
6.0 ACCREDITATION
The Diploma programme shall be accreditation by the National Board for Technical Education before the
diplomates can be awarded the National Diploma certificates. Details about the process of accrediting a
programme for the award of the National Diploma are available from the Executive Secretary, National Board
for Technical Education, Plot B, Bida Road, P.M.B. 2239, Kaduna, Nigeria.
7.0 AWARD OF HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA
Conditions for the award of Higher National Diploma include the following:
a. Satisfactory performance in all prescribed course work which may include class work,
tests, quizzes.
b. Workshop practice, laboratory work.
c. Satisfactory performance at all semester examinations.
d. Satisfactory completion of final year project work Normally, continuous assessment
contributes 30%, project work 10% while semester examinations are weighted 60% to make
a total of 100%.
Higher National Diploma should be awarded in four classes:
a. (i) Distinction - CGPA of 3.50 and above

b. (ii) Upper Credit - CGPA of 3.0 - 3.49
c. (iii) Lower Credit - CGPA of 2.50 - 2.99
d. (iv) Pass - CGPA of 2.00 - 2.49.
8.0 GUIDANCE NOTES FOR TEACHERS
8.1 The new curriculum is drawn in unit courses. This is in keeping with the provisions of the National Policy
on Education which stress the need to introduce the semester credit units which will enable a student who so
wish to transfer the units already completed in an institution similar standard from which he/she is
transferring.
7
8.2 In designing the units, the principle of the modular system by product has been adopted, thus making
each of the professional modules, when completed provides the student with technician operative skills,
which can be used for employment purposes self - and otherwise.
8.4 As the success of the credit unit system depends on the articulation of programmes between the
institutions and industry, the curriculum content has been written in behavioural objectives, so that it is clear
to all the expected performance of the student who successfully completed some of the courses or the
diplomates of the programme. This is slight departure in the presentation of the performance based
curriculum which requires the conditions under which the performance are expected to be carried out and
the criteria for the acceptable levels of performance. It is a deliberate attempt to further involve the staff of
the department teaching he programme to write their own curriculum stating the conditions existing in their
institution under which performance can take place and to follow that with the criteria for determining an
acceptance level of performance.
Departmental submission on the final curriculum may be vetted by the Academic Board of the institution. Our
aim is to continue to see to it that a solid internal evaluation system exists in each institution for ensuring
minimum standard and quality of education in the programmes offered throughout the Polytechnic system.
8.5 The teaching of the theory and practical work should, as much as possible, be integrated. Practical
exercises, especially those in professional courses and laboratory work should not be taught in isolation from
the theory. For each course, there should be a balance of theory to practical in the ratio of 50:50 or 60:40 or
the reverse.
9.0 FINAL YEAR PROJECT
Final year students in this programme are expected to carryout a project work. This could be on individual
basis or group work. The project should, as much as possible incorporates basic element of design, drawing
and complete fabrication of a marketable item or something that can be put to use. Project reports should be
well presented and should be properly supervised.
The departments should make their own arrangement of schedules for project work.
8
CURRICULUM TABLE
HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA (HND)

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING MANUFACTURING (OPTION)
First Semester
COURSE CODE COURSE/MODULE TITLE L T P CU CH
GNS 302 Communication in English III 1 1 - 2 2
MTH 311 Advanced Algebra 1 1 - 2 2
MEC 311 Engineer in Society 1 1 - 2 2
SDV 210 Entrepreneurship Development 2 1 - 3 3
MEC 312 Engineering Design 1 2 - 3 3
MEC 313 Strength of Materials 1 1 1 1 3 3
MEC 314 Instrumentation and Control 1 - 2 3 3
MEC 315 Mechanics of Machines 2 - 2 4 4
MEC 316 CAD/CAM 1 - 3 4 4
ICT 101 Computer Programming - - 2 2 2
Total 11 7 10 28 28
Second Semester
MEC 317 Technical Report Writing II 1 1 - 2 2
MTH 312 Advanced Calculus 1 1 - 2 2
MEC 321 Business Management 1 1 - 2 2
MEC 322 Strength of Materials II 2 - 2 4 4
MEC 323 Fluid Mechanics 2 - 2 4 4
MEM 321 Metal Forming and Heat Treatment 2 - 4 6 6
MEM 322 Joining and Fabrication Processes 2 - 4 6 6
MEM 323 Foundry Technology and Practice 1 1 2 4 4
Total 12 4 14 30 30
9
Third Semester
MTH 313 Numerical Method 1 1 - 2 2
MEM 416 CNC Programming & Robotics 1 2 - 3 3
MEM 411 Metrology 1 - 2 3 3
MEM 412 Testing and Failure of Materials 2 - 2 4 4
MEC 412 Fluid Power Machines 2 - 2 4 4
MEM 413 Machine Elements Design 2 - 4 6 6
MEM 414 Operations Management 1 - 2 3 3
MEM 415 Engineering Materials and Applications 2 - 1 3 3
MEC 400 Project - - 3 3 3
Total 12 3 16 31 31
Fourth Semester
MTH 413 Statistical Methods in Engineering 1 1 - 2 2
MEC 427 Quality Assurance 2 - 1 3 3
MEM 421 Machine Tools Systems 1 - 2 3 3
MEM 422 Machine Tool Processes 2 - 2 4 4
MEM423 Press & cutting Tools Design 2 - 2 4 4
MEP 426 Steam Power Engineering 1 - 1 2 2
MEP 425 Industrial Engineering 1 1 - 2 2
MEC 411 Environmental Engineering 1 1 - 2 2
MEM 424 Materials Handling 1 1 - 2 2
MEM 425 Jigs, Fixtures and Tool Design 2 - 2 4 4
MEM 426 Machine Assembly, Installation and Commissioning 2 - 2 4 4
Total 16 4 18 38 38
10
HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA (HND)
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PLANT ENGINEERING (OPTION)
First Semester
GNS 302 Communication in English III (Comprehension & Essay Writing) 1 1 - 2 2
MTH 311 Advanced Algebra 1 1 - 2 2
MEC 311 Engineer in Society 1 1 - 2 2
MEC 316 CAD/CAM 1 - 3 4 4
MEC 312 Engineering Design 1 2 - 3 3
MEC 314 Instrumentation and Control 1 - 2 3 3
MEC 315 Mechanics of Machines 2 - 2 4 4
SDV 210 Entrepreneurship Development 2 1 - 3 3
ICT 101 Computer Programming - - 2 2 2
Total 10 6 9 25 25
Second Semester
MEC 317 Technical Report Writing II 1 1 - 2 2
MTH 312 Advanced Calculus 1 1 - 2 2
MEC 321 Business Management 1 1 - 2 2
MEC 322 Strength of Materials II 2 - 2 3 4
MEC 323 Fluid Mechanics II 2 - 2 3 4
MEP 321 Applied Thermodynamics 2 - 2 3 4
MEP322 Safety 2 - 2 3 4
MEP 323 Internal Combustion Engines 2 - 2 3 4
MEP 311 Energy Conversion and Heat Transfer 2 - 2 3 4
Total 15 3 12 30 30
11
Third Semester
MTH 313 Numerical method 1 1 2 2
MEC 411 Environmental Engineering 1 1 - 2 2
MEC 412 Fluid Power Machines 2 - 2 4 4
EEC442 Electrical Power and Machines 2 - 2 4 4
MEP 411 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 2 - 3 5 5
MEP 412 Mechanical Equipment in Building 2 - 3 5 5
MEP 413 Automotive Technology 2 - 3 5 5
Total 1 1 16 30 30
2 2
Fourth Semester
MTH 413 Statistics Methods 1 1 2 2
MEC 427 Quality Assurance 2 1 - 3 3
MEP 421 Construction and Materials Handling Equipment 1 - 2 3 3
MEP 422 Transport Economics 2 - 2 4 4
MEP 423 Maintenance Management 2 - 2 4 4
MEP 424 Electro-Mechanical Controls in Refrigeration & Air-conditioning 1 1 - 2 2
MEP 425 Industrial Engineering 1 - 1 2 2
MEP 426 Steam Power Engineering 1 - 1 2 2
MEM 426 Machine Assembly, Installation & Commissioning 2 - 2 4 4
Total 13 3 16 32 32
12
MATHEMATICAL COURSES
Advanced Algebra
PROGRAMME: HND IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Contact Hours
Course: ADVANCED ALGEBRA Course Code: MTH 311
2HRS/WK
Course Specification: Theoretical Content
General Objective 1.0: Understand hyperbolic, exponential and logarithmic functions

Week
Specific Learning Outcome: Teachers Activities Resources
1.1 Define hyperbolic sine and cosine The teacher to illustrate with good Recommended
functions in terms of exponential examples and make notes where textbook, chalkboard,
functions necessary chalk, lecture notes
1.2 Draw the hyperbolic graphs for Ask the students: etc.
sine, cosine, tangent to define hyperbolic sine and cosine
1.3 Transform hyperbolic to functions in terms of exponential
trigonometrical functions, and vice - functions and draw the hyperbolic
1-2 versa graphs for sine, cosine, tangent
1.4 Evaluate universal trigonometric to transform hyperbolic to
logarithmic functions trigonomentrical functions, and vice-
1.5 Review logarithmic functions versa
1.6 Solve problems involving 1.4 above to evaluate universal trigonometrical
e.g evaluate tan-1(1) - tan-1(-1) functions and solve problems relating
to it. E.g tan-1(1) - tan-1(-1)
Assess the students
13
Contact Hours
2HRS/WK
General Objective: 2.0 Understand power, Maclaurin and Taylor series with application to logarithmic
trigonometric and hyperbolic Functions
Week Specific Learning Outcome: Teachers Activities Resources
2.1 State the power series of the form to state the power series of the form Chalk, blackboard,
(1+n) (1+n) and also evaluate it. Lecture note
2.2 Evaluate power series in 2.1 above to test for the
2.3 Test for the convergence/divergence of the series
convergence/divergence of the series to apply Taylors formula and derive
in 2.2 above Macclaurin series from Taylors
2.4 Apply Taylors formula formula
2.5 Derive Macclaurin series from to expand functions of the form
Taylors formula cosx, sinx, tanhx, ex and evaluate
4-5 2.6 Expand functions of the form cosx, functions like sin 31o ex
sinx tanhx, ex Evaluate functions like to test for absolute convergency of
sin 31o ex Text for the the series evaluate above
convergency/divergency of the series to state the Hospitals rule and
from 2.3 to 2.6 above apply it to solve problems in
2.7 Test for absolute convergency of determinants, trigonometric and
the series from 2.3 to 2.6 above logarithmic series
2.8 State the LHospital rule Assess the students
2.9 Apply LHospitals rule to solve the
problems in determinants
2.10 Apply Hospitals rule to

6
trigonometric and logarithmic series.
14
Contact Hours
2HRS/WK
General Objective 3.0: Understand the principle of mathematical Induction
3.1 Establish the truth theorem for Ask the student to:
specific value establish the truth theorem for
3.2 Explain for some fixed integer, n, specific value, and explain for some
the truth theorem fixed integer n, the truth theorem
3.3 Explain the truth theorem for an ask the students to explain the truth
7-8 integral value (n+1) theorem for an integral value (n+1)
3.4 Explain the application of explain the application of
mathematical induction on Arithmetic mathematical induction on Arithmetic
progression? nr progression or
3.5 Geometric progression? nr2 Geometric progression? nr2
Assess the students
15
Contact Hours
2HRS/WK
General Objective 4.0: Understand the principles of matrices as applied to engineering problems
4.1 Define types of matrices, null Ask the students to:
square, rectangular row define types of matrices - null,
square, rectangular, row and form
4.2 From matrices from sets of linear
matrices from sets of linear equations
equations
perform Arithmetic operations in
4.3 Perform the Arithmetic operations matrices for example:
in matrices. Addition, subtraction, etc. if
4.4 Obtain the transpose, adjunct, co-
factors and the inverse of a matrix
4.5 Describe the use of matrix method
to linear simultaneous equation
4.6 Define the Eigen-vector and Eigen-
value for a set of matrices Find(i) A + B,(ii) A - B
4.7 Perform the partitioning method for Use good examples to illustrate the
very large matrices transpose, adjunct co-factors and
4.8 Apply matrices to engineering inverse of a matrix
Assess the students
problems
Explain how to use matrix to solve
linear simultaneous equations. And
9-10
ask the students to solve some
examples
Explain eigenvector and Eigenvalue
for set of matrices
Assess the students
Compute AB, given
and
by partitioning.
Illustrate how matrices are applied in
engineering problem.
Assess the students
16
Contact Hours
2HRS/WK
General Objective 5.0: Understand the principle of vector Algebra
5.1 Add, subtract and multiply vectors Explain to the students with good Recommended
5.2 State the divergence theorem examples and make notes where textbook, chalkboard,
5.3 Explain surface integrals as volume necessary lecture notes
integrals Ask the students to:
5.4 Stockes theorem carry out the addition, subtraction
5.5 Evaluate certain integrals using and multiplication of vectors
stockes to state divergence and stockes
5.6 Explain vector integration, and theorems
12-13 vector differential gradient and evaluate certain integrals using
divergence stockes formula
explain surface integrals as volume
integrals
explain vector integration, and
vector differential gradient and
divergence and apply the analysis to
engineering problems.
Assess the students.
17
Contact Hours
2HRS/WK
General Objective 6.0: Understand the concept and application of complex numbers
6.1 Explain complex number The teacher to explain to the Recommended

6.2 Explain rectangular and polar forms students with good examples and textbooks
of complex number make notes where necessary Chalkboard
6.3 Explain the addition and subtraction Ask the students to: Lecture Note
of complex numbers perform the addition, subtraction,
6.4 Explain the multiplication and multiplication and division of complex
division of complex numbers numbers
6.5 Compute modules and argument of to compute modules and argument
complex numbers e.g e = 3+4 of complex numberse.g Z = 3 + 4
Find Z/e/ Find/Z/, Arg.Z
6.6 Define a complex number using define complex number using
Argands diagram argandss diagram
14-15 6.7 Add and subtract two samples Assess the students
number using argand diagram
6.8 State De Moivers theorem for an
integer (positive and negative)
6.9 Apply De Moivers theorem to A.C
theory
6.10 Solve equations involving two
more complex numbers e.g solve the
following equation for the real numbers
x and y:
(3 + 4)2 - 2 (n + y) = n + y
6.11 Explain rationalization of complex
numbers
18
Advanced Calculus
Contact Hours
Course: ADVANCED CALCULUS Course Code: MTH 312
2HRS/WK
General Objective 1.0: Understand Lap lace transform
1.1 Define Laplace transform The teacher to illustrate with good Recommended
1.2 Obtain Laplace transform of simple examples and make notes where textbook,
functions necessary chalkboard, chalk,
1.3 Define the inverse Laplace transform Ask the students to: lecture notes, etc
1.4 Obtain the inverse Laplace transform define Laplace transform and apply
of simple functions in simple functions
1.5 Evaluate some partial fractions with: evaluate some partial fractions as
a. linear denominator indicated in 1.5 and express the
b. quadratic derivative in Laplace transform.
1.6 Express the derivative inLlaplace Assess the students
transform
1-2
1.7 Express unit step, impulse Driac
delta and ramp functions in laplace
transform
1.8 Apply Laplace transform to
differential equatione.g solve by Laplace
transform the boundary - value
problem?
u(O,t) = 0, u(3,t) = O
u(x, O) = I0 sin 2 x - 6 sin 4x
1.9 Apply Laplace transform to suitable

engineering problems e.g use Laplace
transform to find the charge and current
3-4 at anytime in a series circuit having an
inductance L, capacitance C, Resistance
R, emf E, assume charge and current
are zero
19
Contact Hours
2HRS/WK
General Objective 2.0: Understand Fourier series and apply it to solve engineering problems
2.1 Define Fourier series The teacher to illustrate with good Recommended
2.2 Explain the periodic function examples -and make notes where textbooks,
2.3 Explain the non-periodic function necessary. Chalkboard, Chalk,
2.4 Identify even and odd functions Ask the students to: Lecture note, etc.
2.5 Explain even and odd functions using define Fourier series, explain the
graphical representation periodic and non periodic functions,
2.6 Explain the characteristics of even identify even and odd functions and
and odd functions explain them using graphical
2.7 Derive the Fourier coefficients in both representation
polar and rectangular forms Assess the students.
2.8 Expand simple functions in Fourier Ask the students to derive the
series e.g Fourier coefficients in both the polar
a. simple linear algebraic and rectangular forms
5-6 functions Assess the students.
b. trigonometric and Ask the students to:
logarithmic functions expand simple functions in Fourier
2.9 Derive the Fourier series for a series as indicated in 2.8
trigonometric function using the half derive Fourier series for
range approach trigonometric functions using the half
2.10 Expand functions with arbitrary range approach, and expand
period functions with arbitrary period
2.11 State the Eulers formula state Eulers formula and establish a
2.12 Establish a complex Fourier series complex Fourier series
2.13 Evaluate the integration of Fourier evaluate the integration of Fourier
series series and apply Fourier series to
2.14 Apply Fourier series to suitable solve engineering problems
engineering problems Assess the students.
20
Contact Hours
2HRS/WK
General Objective 3.0: Understand the methods of solving second - order differential equations
3.1 Identify a homogeneous linear The teacher to illustrate with good

equation of the second order examples and make notes where
3.2 Establish the second order necessary
differential equation with constant Ask the students to:
coefficients viz: establish 2nd Order D.E with constant
coefficients viz:
3.3 Find the real and distinct, equal and

complex roots for 3.2 above and find the real and distinct, equal
3.4 Solve the fundamental system of and complex roots for the equation
general solution, given initial values above.
3.5 State Caudiys equation solve the fundamental system of
7-8 3.6 Explain the existence and general solution, given initial values
uniqueness of solutions to 2nd Order and also to state Caudiys equation.
differential equations problems Assess the students
3.7 Explain the homogeneous linear Ask the students to:
equations of higher order constant explain the existence and
coefficients uniqueness of solutions to 2nd Order
3.8 Solve non-homogeneous differential differential equations problems and
equations homogeneous linear equations of
3.9 Solve simple simultaneous higher order constant coefficients
differential equations solve many problems on non-
homogeneous differential equations,
and simple simultaneous differential
equations
Assess the students
21
Contact Hours
2HRS/WK
General Objective 4.0: Understand methods of solving simultaneous linear differential equations
4.1 Explain linear differential equation The teacher to illustrate with good
4.2 Identify special cases of solving first - examples and make notes where
order differential equations necessary
4.3 Apply the method of exact equations, Ask the students to:
separable variable to solve differential explain linear differential equation
equation problems and identify special cases of solving
9 - 10
4.4 Apply knowledge of linear differential first-order differential equations
equation to suitable engineering apply the equation, separable
problems variable to solve differential quation
problems and apply it in suitable
engineering problems
Assess the students
General Objective 5.0: Understand the methods of solving partial differential equations and their uses
5.1 State partial differential equation of The teacher to illustrate with good
order 2 examples and make notes where
5.2 Solve partial differential equation necessary
using variable separable Ask the students to:
5.3 Apply D Alemberts solution of the state 2nd - order partial differential
11 - wave equation to partial differential equation and solve many problems on
12 equation problems it using variable separable method
5.4 Apply the Laplacian concept in polar apply DAlemberts solution of the
coordinates to partial differential wave equation and Laplacian concept
equation problems in polar coordinates to partial
differential equation problems
Assess the students
22
Contact Hours
2HRS/WK
General Objective 6.0: Understand the principles of functions of several variables and their uses
6.1 Explain limits and continuity of given The teacher to illustrate with good Recommended
functions examples and make notes where textbooks,
6.2 Explain mean-value theorem using necessary chalkboard, chalk,
total differentials Ask the students to: lecture notes etc.
6.3 State Taylors formula for functions of explain limits, continuity of given
several variables functions, and mean value theorem
6.4 Derive maxima and minima of using total differentials.
functions of several variables including State Taylors formula, derive
possible saddle points maxima and minima of functions of
6.5 Establish the constrained maxima several variables including possible
functions of several variables saddue points
6.6 Define a line integral in a plane Establish the constrained maxima
6.7 Explain the path of integral functions of several variables, define
6.8 Evaluate line integral problems a line integral in a plane and explain
13 - the path of integral
6.9 Define the greens theorem in a
15 Assess the students
plane
Ask the students to:
6.10 Apply greens theorem to solve line
evaluate line integral problems
integral problems
define greens theorem in a plane
6.11 Apply double integral to line
and apply it to solve line integral
integrals
problems
6.12 Apply change of variables in triple
apply double integral to line integral
integrals
and change of variable in triple
6.13 Evaluate the differentiation under
integrals
the integral sign
evaluate differentiation under the
6.14 State stoke formula
integral sign, state stokes formula and
6.15 Apply stoke formula to line integrals
apply it to line integrals in space
in space
how stokes formula is applied to
6.16 Apply stokes formula to suitable
solve engineering problems
engineering problems
Assess the students
23
Numerical Methods
Contact Hours 2
Course: NUMERICAL METHODS Course Code: MTH 313
HRS/WEEK
General Objective: 1.0 Understand the use of numerical methods to solve linear and non-linear
equations
1.1 Find solution of linear algebraic The teacher to illustrate with Recommended
equation using Guass elimination good examples and make notes textbooks, chalkboard,
method where necessary chalk lecturer notes etc
1.2 Solve linear algebraic equations Ask the students to:
using Guass-seidel iteration methods linear algebraic equation using
1-3
1.3 Apply Newton-Raphson iteration gauss-seidel-elimination and
formulae to non-linear equations e.g. iteration methods
find the roots of the equation Cosx = x2 apply Newton-Raphson iteration
as accurately as your tables permit. formulae to non linear equations,
Find the square root seriat of log x2-5 as indicated in 1.3
General Objective 2.0: Understand finite Differences
2.1 Define finite differences The teacher to illustrate with Recommended

2.2 Explain the forward differencing good examples and make notes textbooks, chalkboard,
tabulation where necessary chalk lecturer notes etc
2.3 Explain the building of errors in a Ask the students to:
difference table define finite differences and
2.4 Explain the backward difference explain the forward differencing
table tabulation
2.5 Explain the central difference Explain the build-up of errors in a
4-5
formula difference table, and backward
2.6 Apply the forward, backward and difference table, and central
central difference formula or tables in difference formula
solving related practical problems Apply the forward, backward,
and central difference formula or
tables in solving related practical
problems
Assess the students
24
Contact Hours 2
HRS/WEEK
General Objective 3.0: Understand interpolation as applied to difference table
3.1 Define the Newton-gregory forward The teacher to illustrate with Recommended
difference interpolation formula good examples and make notes textbooks, chalkboard,
3.2 Evaluate the difference table with were necessary chalk lecturer notes etc
unequal interval using divided Ask the students to:
differences define the Newton-gregory
3.3 State lagranges interpolation forward difference interpolation
6-7
formula formula and evaluate the
3.4 Evaluate a table using largange difference table with inequal
interpolation formula interval using divided differences
state Lagranges interpolation
formula, and evaluate a table
using it
General Objective 4.0: Understand Numerical Differentiation
4.1 Explain the basic process of The teacher to illustrate with Recommended
numerical differentiation up to the third good examples and make notes textbooks, chalkboard,
derivative were necessary chalk lecturer notes etc
4.2 Explain differentiation based on Ask the students to:
equal interval interpolation formula Explain basic process of
8 4.3 Evaluate higher order derivatives numerical differentiation up to the
their derivative. The explanation
must be based on equal interval
interpolation on formula
Evaluate higher order derivatives
Assess the students
25
Contact Hours 2
HRS/WEEK
General Objective 5.0: Understand Numerical Integration
5.1 explain the Trapezoidal and The teacher to illustrate with Recommended
Simpsons rules good examples and make notes textbooks, chalkboard,
5.2 evaluate an integral using the three- were necessary chalk lecturer notes etc
9 sights rule Ask the students to explain the
Trapezoidal and Simpsons rules
and also to evaluate an integral
using the three sights rule
General Objective 6.0: Understand numerical methods of solving first and second order ordinary
differential equation
6.1 Explain Runge-Kuttas and Eulers The teacher to illustrate with Recommended
methods good examples and make notes textbooks, chalkboard,
6.2 Solve the first order ordinary were necessary chalk lecturer notes etc
differential equation, using Runge- Ask the students to:
Kuttas methode.g if dy = 2x + y, y(0) = explain Runge-Kuttas and
10-15 1, find the approximate value of y, using Eulers methods and use it to
(a) Eulers and (b) Runger-Kuttas solve 1st order differential equation
methods of the form - dy = 2x +y, y(0)=1
6.3 Solve the second order ordinary solve many problems on 2nd
differential equation using Rung-Kuttas order ordinary differential equation
method using Rung-Kuttas method
26
Statistical Methods in Engineering
Course: STATISTICAL METHODS IN Contact Hours

Course Code: MTH 413
ENGINEERING 2HRS/WK
General Objective: 1.0 Understand the basic concept of probability distributions and same in solving
Week engineering problems
Specific Learning Outcome Teachers Activities Resources
1.1 Define a Binomial distribution The teacher to illustrate with good Recommended
1.2 Explain the characteristics of examples and make notes where necessary textbooks,
Binomial distribution Ask the students to: chalkboard, chalk
1.3 Apply Binomial distribution to i. define Binomial lecturer notes etc
distribution, explain its
samples with replacement
characteristics and apply it
1.4 Apply Binomial distribution to
to samples with
solve engineering problems
1-3 replacement, and to solve
1.5 Define the Normal Distribution
engineering problems.
1.6 Explain the characteristics of ii. Define normal distribution,
normal distribution explain its characteristics
1.7 Describe normal distribution and describe normal
curve and the empirical rule distribution curve and the
empirical rule
Assess the students
1.8 Calculate probability given the Ask the students to:
mean and the standard deviation i. calculate probability given
1.9 Calculate the deviation Z given the mean and standard
the mean, standard deviation, and a deviation
particular observation ii. calculate the deviation Z
1.10 Calculate the area under the given the mean, standard
curve at different points from either deviation, and a particular
4-6 side of the mean observation
1.11 Apply normal distribution curve iii. calculate the area under
to simple engineering problems the curve at different points
1.12 Define Poissons distribution from either side of the mean
1.13 Explain the characteristics of and also apply normal
Poisson distribution distribution curve to simple
1.14 Explain the quality control engineering problems
techniques in production process Assess the students
27

ENGINEERING 2HRS/WK
General Objective: 1.0 Understand the basic concept of probability distributions and same in solving
Week engineering problems
1.15 Explain acceptance sampling Ask the students to:

as applied to mass production i. define Poisson distribution,
1.16 Test for equality of means of explain it characteristics,
given population using t-test and explain the quality
1.17 Test for equality of variances control techniques in
using the F-test production process
1.18 Apply the chi-square test in ii. explain acceptance
statistical quality control sampling as applied to mass
7
production
iii. test for equality of means
of given population and
equality of variances using t-
test and f-test respectively
iv. apply the chi-square test
in statistical quality control
Assess the students
28

ENGINEERING 2HRS/WK
General Objective 2.0: Understand the principle of reliability
2.1 Distinguish between validity and i. Ask the students to: Recommended
reliability ii. distinguish between validity and reliability textbooks,
2.2 List types of reliability testing and list types of reliability testing chalkboard, chalk
2.3 State the procedures for iii. state the procedures for determining test- lecturer notes etc
determining test-retest reliability retest reliability and apply it to samples
2.4 Apply test - retest reliability to iv. state the procedures for determining split
samples half reliability, determine the reliability
2.5 State the procedures for coefficient and acceptance level of reliability
determining split half reliability Assess the students
2.6 Determine the reliability i. Ask the students to
coefficient determine the standard error
2.7 Determine the acceptance level of measurement, using the
8-10
of reliability following expression
2.8 Determine the standard error of
measurement
where
SD = standard deviation
where r = error
SD = standard SEM = standard error
deviation Assess the students
r = error
SEM = standard
error
29

ENGINEERING 2HRS/WK
General Objective: 3.0 Understand Basic statistical experimental designs
3.1 Describe various experimental Ask the students to: Recommended

designs e.g complete randomized i. describe various textbooks,
block design, randomized complete experimental designs as chalkboard, chalk
block design, split squares, Graeco indicated in 3.1 and list lecturer notes etc
Latin squares examples of when any of the
3.2 List examples of when any of 3.1 designs can be used
12-15
above can be used ii. enumerate the
3.3 Enumerate the advantages and advantages and
disadvantages of using the various disadvantages of using the
designs in 3.1 above various designs indicated in
3.1 above
Assess the students
30
GENERAL STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT COURSES
Communication in English III
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Course: Communication in English III Contact Hours

Course Code: GNS 302
(Comprehension and Essay writing) 2HRS/WK
General Objective 1.0: Understand the principles and practice of written communication
Week
1.1 Explain the principles of letter The teacher to illustrate with good Recommended
writing examples and make notes where textbook, chalkboard,
1.2 Explain the components of a necessary White Board chalk,
business letter Ask the students to explain the lecture notes etc
1.3 Differentiate between a memo principles of letter writing and the
and a letter components of a business letter
1.4 Prepare a portfolio of Ask the students to differentiate
1-5
correspondence using different between a memo and a letter and also to
presentation techniques: prepare a portfolio of correspondences
appointments, promotions, using different presentation techniques,
dismissals, commendation, appointments, promotions, dismissals,
queries, condolences, commendations, queries, condolences,
congratulations, etc congratulations etc.
Assess the students
General Objective 2.0: Comprehend more difficult reading materials
Comprehension: Ask the students to read passages of Recommended

2.1 Read passages of expository expository and argumentative writing, Textbook, Chalkboard,
and argumentative writing and trace the logic in the passages read, chalk, lecture notes
2.2 Trace the logic in the and answer questions on what is read to
6-10 passages in 2.1 above differentiate between facts and opinion.
2.3 Differentiate between factors Assess the students
and opinions
2.4 Answer questions on what is
read
31
Course: Communication in English III Contact Hours

Course Code: GNS 302
(Comprehension and Essay writing) 2HRS/WK
General Objective 3.0: Know how to write different types of essays
3.1 Explain the different types of Ask the students:

essays to explain the different types of essays
3.2 Explain the characteristic of and the characteristics of each type
each type in 3.1 above to explain the logical orders of
3.3 Explain the logical orders of presentation, e.g chronological, spatial,
11 - 15 presentation, e.g chronological, general-to-specific, specific-to-general,
spatial, general-to-specific, alternation, inductive, deductive, etc.
specific-to-general, attention, to write expository and argumentative
inductive, deductive etc. essays
3.4 Write an expository essay Assess the students
3.5 Write an argumentative essay
32
Engineer in Society
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Contact Hours: 2
Course: ENGINEER IN SOCIETY Course Code: MEC 311
hours/wk
General Objective 1.0: Understand the early development of technology

Week
1.1 Define the term Service Ask the students to illustrate Recommended
1.2 Define the term engineering a concept in science, Textbook
1.3 Define the term technology, integrating the engineering and technology Chalkboard
views of Drucker, Genron, Schon, etc Lecture note
1.4 Trace the history of engineering from early
1
Egyptian, Greek and Roman civilizations
1.5 Evaluate the contribution and problems of
early technology
1.6 Evaluate the contributions and problems of
early technology
General Objective 2.0: Comprehend the history of modern technology
2.1 Critically examine the concept of modern Ask the students to give
technology examples of early
2.2 Trace the historical development of modern technology, in Nigeria and
civilization elsewhere
2.3 Evaluate the events in the 16th and 17th Ask the students to
centuries which made scientific enquiry a tool enumerate technological
2 for technology development innovations of the 16h and
2.4 Define and explain the term industrial 17th centuries
Revolution
2.5 Analyze the impact of the industrial
Revolution in Europe
2.6 Outline the lessons of the Industrial
Revolution in Nigeria
33
Contact Hours: 2
hours/wk
General Objective 3.0: Appreciate Technological Advancements
3.1 State the pervasive nature of technological Ask the students to trace - do -
advances the history of revolution from
3.2 illustrate the role of materials in technology. Britain to Nigeria
3.3 illustrate the importance of technology in Ask the students to list the
the manufacturing Industry historical development of
3.4 Evaluate Lady Woodwards transportation from steam
3 TechnologyTheory engines to jet engines
3.5 State the role of technology in the Ask the students to list the
development of power and fuels advances in electronics from
3.6 Explain improvement in transportation electron tubes to chips
through technology
3.7 Evaluate technology advances in
electronics
General Objective 4.0: Understand Technological Development in Nigeria
4.1 Explain early indigenous technology in Ask the students to name - do -

Nigeria outstanding technological
4.2 Explain the influence of foreign technology development in Nigeria That
on Nigeria Indigenous technology are wholly indigenous
4
4.3 State the main features of Nigeria National
policy on Technology
4.4 Evaluate the present state of Technology in
Nigeria
34
Contact Hours: 2
hours/wk
General Objective 5.0: Comprehend the technical education System in Nigeria
5.1 Analyse the advantages and disadvantages

of importation of foreign expertise on Nigerian
Technology
5.2 Examine the implication of the Lima Target
5 for Nigeria
5.3 Identify the problems that may hinder the
attainment of the Lima Target
5.4 Suggest possible solutions to the problems
of 4.7
5.5 State the main features of Nigeria national Ask the students to classify
policy on technical education various schools offering
5.6 Explain the structure of technical education technical and engineering
in Nigeria progrmmes in Nigeria
5.7 List the roles of the different categories of
technical Personnel produced in 5.2 above viz.
6 or artisans, craftsman, technicians,
technologies engineers
5.8 Compare University programmes in
Engineering with those of polytechnics in
Nigeria
5.9 Explain the functions of National Board for
Technical Education (NBTE)
35
Contact Hours: 2
hours/wk
General Objective 6.0: Understand the engineers roles and responsibilities in the community
6.1 State the rationale for Greeks and Romans Ask the students to list - do -
regarding Engineers as Overspecialized action by Nigerian Public that
Cranks indicate that poor
6.2 State the rationale for the English Speaking understanding of the
7
societies (America, Britain etc) which is engineering profession.
believed to have suffered from a non-
Commutative syndrome and could not explain
the solution to their problems in English
6.3 State the rationale for every Tom, Duke and

Harry in Nigeria believing they can do the
projects which are usually Meant for engineers
8 6.4 List the various categories of contractors
registered in Nigeria to do engineering work
6.5 State why engineers dont strike like
medical doctors for better remuneration at work
36
Contact Hours: 2
hours/wk
General Objective 7.0: Know all the Professional (Regulatory and Voluntary) in Engineering
7.1 Outline the social, moral and professional Ask the students to define - do -
responsibilities of the engineer in the society the jobs of craftsman,
7.2 Analyses proposals, target time and technician, technologist and
strategies as these terms affects national engineers
development plans in Nigeria
73 List the roles of the engineer in national
development and national defense.
7.4 List the working and professional
relationship of the engineer to the technologist,
9 - 10
the technician and the craftsman in the
execution of engineering contracts in Nigeria
7.5 State the ratios of engineers to technologist,
engineers to technician, Engineers to craftsmen
which are considered ideal for execution of
engineering jobs
7.6 Confirm the need for the engineer to head
engineering Establishments and lead
engineering projects.
General Objective 8.0: Know about the regulation and Control of Engineering Practice in Nigeria
8.1 List all the professional bodies in Ask the students to name Hardbook of
Engineering in Nigeria the activities of professional registered
e.g. Council for the Regulation of Engineering bodies. especially in professional bodies.
in Nigeria engineering Chalkboard, Lecture
(COREN) Nigerian Society of Engineers (NSE), note
11 including all its Divisions and Institutes (e.g.
Mechanical, Chemical, Structural etc)
National Association of Technologist in
Engineering (NATE), Nigerian Society of
Engineering Technicians (NISET) and National
association of Engineering Craftsmen (NAEC)
37
Contact Hours: 2
hours/wk
General Objective 8.0: Know about the regulation and Control of Engineering Practice in Nigeria
8.2 Explain the aims and objectives of each

body listed in 8.1 above
8.3 State the requirement for registration by the
12 regulatory body, COREN
8.4 State the requirements for corporate,
honorary graduate and student membership of
each society or association listed in 8.1 above
General Objective 9.0: Comprehend the concept Transfer of Technology
9.1 List the codes and Fundamental Ethical Ask the students to outline - do -
principles and guiding the practice of the used for controlling the
engineering activities of professionals in
9.2 Outline the criteria for accreditation of engineering.
engineering
programmes of tertiary institutions
9.3 State the need for and purpose of the
Engineering Relations Monitoring (ERM)
13 programme of COREN e.g., elimination of
Quacks in engineering practices, etc
9.4 Outline the responsibilities of ERM
Inspectors and their role in creating jobs for
Nigerian Engineering Personnel
9.5 State the importance of CORENs
Supervised Industrial Training Scheme In
Engineering (SITSIE) programme of the
Production of skilled and competent engineers
38
Contact Hours: 2
hours/wk
General Objective 10.0: Comprehend the concept Transfer of Technology
10.1 Explain the Technology transfer concept Ask the students to explain Relevant text books,
from the perspectives of the less advanced how they believe technology Chalkboard, Chalk,
countries and those of the advanced countries can be transferred Lecture note
10.2 Evaluate the advantages and
disadvantage of transfer of technology
10.3 State the problems and prospects of
technology transfer to Nigeria
14 - 15 10.4 Suggest possible alternatives to
technology transfer to Nigeria
10.5 Formulate a feasible plan for providing
Nigeria with
indigenous comprehensive know-how in
machine
plant/equipment design and manufacture by the
year 2010
39
Entrepreneurship Development I
PROGRAMME: HIGER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Contact Hours:
COURSE: ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT I Course Code: SDV 210
3 Hours/WK
General Objective 1.0: Comprehend Private and state control of enterprise

Week
Specific Learning Outcome: Teacher Activities Resources
1.1 Identify types of enterprises, sole proprietor, Ask the students to identify types Chalk
limited liability, co-operative societies, public of enterprises, sole proprietor, Blackboard
corporation, partnership limited liability, co-operative
1.2 Explain the objective of a business societies, public corporation,
organisation partnership
1.3 Explain the business environment (e.g. Ask the students to explain the
political, economics e.t.c.) objective of a business organization
1.4 Examine private enterprises Ask the students to explain the
1.5 Evaluate the public enterprise business environment (e.g. political,
1-5 1.6 Appraise the effect of private control of economicse.t.c)
business Ask the students to examine
1.7 Analyse the implications of state control of private enterprises
enterprises Ask the students to evaluate the
NOTE:- Treatment of 1.1 public enterprise
should include the structure, Ask the students to appraise the
functions, Advantages and effect of private control of business
disadvantages of each type of Ask the students to analyse the
business Organisation implications of state control of
enterprises
40
Contact Hours:
3 Hours/WK
General Objective: 2.0 Understand the methods of management
2.1 Define management Ask the students to define Chalk

2.2 Explain the functions of management management Blackboard
planning, organizing, Controlling, staffing, Ask the students to explain the
directing function of management planning,
2.3 Explain the Purpose of managing money, organizing, controlling, staffing, and
men, material and machines directing.
2.4 Examine the concept of authority and Ask the students to explain the
responsibility purpose of managing money, men,
2.5 Appraise management by objectives material and business
2.6 Analyse the roles of the chief Executive and Ask the students to examine the
Board in policy Formulation and concept of authority and
implementation. responsibility
2.7 Explain motivation Ask the students to appraise
6 - 10 2.8 Explain the concepts of theory X and Y management by objective
2.9 Evaluate the management control Ask the students to analyse the
2.10 Examine problems of leadership in roles of the Chief Executive and
organization Board in policy formulation and
implementation
Ask the students to explain
motivation
Ask the students to explain the
concepts X and Y
Ask the students to evaluate the
management control
Ask the students to examine
problems of leadership in
organization
41
Contact Hours:
3 Hours/WK
General Objective 3.0: Know elements of marketing
1 Define marketing and market Ask the students to define Chalk

3.2 State the marketing mix-product, price, Marketing and Market Blackboard
place, promotion Ask the students to state the
3.3 Explain product differentiation marketing mix-product, price, place,
3.4 Explain the market segmentation and promotion.
3.5 Differentiates the industrial market from the Ask the students to explain
consumer market product differentiation
3.6 Define a Product Ask the students to explain market
3.7 Identify the stages of product life cycle- segmentation
introductory, growth, maturity, decline Ask the students to differentiate
11 - 15 3.8 State the features of each stage in (3.7) industrial market from the consumer
above market
3.9 Describe the different ways a company can Ask the students to define a
develop a new product-e.g. improving the product
existing products, seeking new products from Ask the students to identify the
existing source inventing a new product stages of product lifecycle-
introductory, growth, maturity,
decline
Ask the students to states the
features of each stage in (3.7)
above
42
Engineering Design
Contact Hours: 3
Course: ENGINEERING DESIGN Course Code: MEC 312
Hrs/WK
General Objective 1.0: Know the sequence that lead to a workable design
Week
1.1 Establish the need for a design Ask students the need for a design Recommended
1.2 Describe the steps that make Ask students the rudiments of a workable textbooks,
up the sequence leading to a design Chalkboard, Chalk,
workable designi.e. definition of a Ask students the list of the steps to take Lecture note.
problem, gathering of information, in sequence to lead to a workable design
concept of solutions evaluations of Ask students to list and illustrate different
solutions, modifications decision on design specifications
the best solution, communication of Ask students to list and describe the
1
the design phases involved in a typical design project
1.3 Describe phases involved in a Ask the students the principals of a good
typical design project design.
1.4 Describe possibility solutions to Ask students the use of ergonomic and
the design problem anthropometic data in possible solutions to
the design problems.
Ask students to present Design ideas
graphically
43
Contact Hours: 3
Hrs/WK
General Objective 2.0: Know the factors that influence the selection of materials and manufacturing
processes in a particular design
2.1 Specify the physical and Ask students to specify the physical and
mechanical properties of materials mechanical properties of materials
relevant to the design relevant to a design
2.2 Outline the steps in the Ask students to analyse material
selection of an appropriate material requirements for a design
2.3 Classify manufacturing Ask students to identify and screen
processes into eight categories i.e. alternative materials for a design
casting, deformation, machining, Ask students to evaluate the materials for
joining, heat treatment and surface design
treatment assembly Ask students to select materials in terms
of performance, cost, fabricability, and
2
availability
Ask students to develop the design data
for critical application
Ask students to describe casting
Ask students to describe deformation
machining
Ask students to describe joining
Ask students to describe heat treatment
Ask students to describe assembly
Ask students to design taking into
consideration above attributes.
2.1 Select the most appropriate Ask the students to select materials
manufacturing process considering considering the following factors as it
cost factors as materials utilization affect the most appropriate manufacturing
factor, effect of method of materials process chosen
properties and subsequent costs (b)effect of method of material
3 performance of the part in service properties.
2.2 Carry out simple project on Ask students to relate these to
selection of material and performance of the part in service
manufacturing process for a real Ask students to carry out simple project
life problem on selection of material and manufacturing
process for a real life problem
44
Contact Hours: 3
Hrs/WK
General Objective 3.0: Understand the process in estimating cost of design
3.1 Identify the three basic product Ask students to identify and describe
costs as it relates to Design for material costs
economic manufacture Ask students to identify and describe
3.2 Breakdown a product cost into labour costs
the various cost stages that exist in Ask students to identify and describe
an organization overhead costs
3.3 Compare projected production Ask students to relate these to a real life
4 costs with the expected income problem
from a realistic selling price using a Ask students to breakdown a product
breakdown chart cost into various cost stages for real life
organizations
Ask students to compare projected
production costs with the expected income
for a realistic selling price using a break-
even chart for real life organizations
3.4 Describe some methods by Ask the students to apply thought design
which thought design may reduce to aid packaging for several different
the overall product costi.e. situations
economic choice of production Ask students to carry out cost estimate
technique, material and design for several designs
form, avoiding material wastage,
5
consideration for size and product,
efficient use of standard
components and bought-out items
designing to aid packaging
3.5 Carry out exercises in cost
estimation
45
Contact Hours: 3
Hrs/WK
General Objective 4.0: Know how to analyse the alternative solution concepts
4.1 List four factors that are used to Ask the students to analyse alternative
analyse alternative solutionsi.e. solutions to a design taking into
technical, economic human, legal consideration the following factors: (a)
and environmental factors technical (b) economic (c) human (d) legal
4.2 State criteria for evaluating a and environmental
given design Ask the students to list and describe the
4.3 Explain the need for and criteria for evaluating a given design
purpose of considering each one of Ask the students to explain the need for
the factors in 4.1 above and purpose of each of the following in
4.4 Explain the role of models in consideration of alternative solution to a
6-9 engineering design design (a) technical (b) economic (c)
4.5 Classify test models into human (d) legal (e) environmental
quantitative and qualitative (i.e. Ask the students to apply the following
mathematical equations) models to an engineering design process
Sales models (b) layout models
(c) Aesthetic/ergonomic models (d) test
models
Ask students to develop mathematical
equations depicting quantitative and
qualitative test models in an engineering
design process
46
Contact Hours: 3
Hrs/WK
General Objective 4.0: Know how to analyse the alternative solution concepts
4.6 Test and evaluate against Ask students to test and evaluate against
specification for a design specification for a design
Ask students to test design against factor
4.7 Test designs against factor of
of safety.
safety
Ask students to present design ideas
graphically
Ask the students to design taking into
consideration attributes of casting
deformation machining, joining, heat
treatment, surface treatment and
10 - assembly.
11 Ask the students to carry out a simple
project on selection of material and
manufacturing process for a real life
problem
Ask the students to design taking into
consideration materials costs, labor cost
and overhead costs.
Ask the students to apply thought design
to aid packaging for different situations
Ask the students to carry out cost
estimation for different designs
Ask the students to analyse alternative
solutions to a design taking into
consideration the following factors:
Technical (b) economic (c) human (d)
legal and environmental
Ask the students to evaluate a given
design
Ask the students to apply the following
12 - models to an engineering design process:
15 (a) Sales models
(b) Layout models
(c) Aesthetic/ergonomic
models
(d) test models
Ask students to test and evaluate a
design against specifications
Ask students to test designs against
factors of safety
47
Technical Report Writing II
Course: TECHNICAL REPORT

Course Code: Contact Hours 2HRS/WK
WRITING II
General Objective 1.0: Know the procedure for writing project reports
Week
1.1 Explain the characteristics The teacher to illustrate with good Recommended textbook,
of a project report, viz - parts, examples and make notes where chalkboard, chalk, lecture
format, style necessary notes, etc.
1.2 Select a suitable topic for Ask the students to explain the
a project report characteristics of a project, viz - parts,
1.3 Explain methods of formate, style, and select a suitable topic
gathering data from primary, for a project report
1-7
secondary and tertiary Ask the students to explain methods of
sources gathering data from primary, secondary
1.4 Use reference materials and tertiary sources and also use
for gathering data reference materials for gathering data
1.5 Use appropriate citation
and documentation styles,e.g
APA, MLA, etc
1.6 Explain the procedure for Ask the students to use appropriate
writing a project report citation and documentation stylese.g APA,
1.7 Write an outline of a MLA, etc
project report using Ask the students to explain the
appropriate numbering, procedure for writing a project report and
8 - 15
ranking and phrasing. write an outline of a project report using
1.8 Write a project report appropriate numbering, ranking and
phrasing
Ask the students to write a project report
Assess the students
48
Business Management
PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
CONTACT
COURSE: BUSINESS MANAGEMENT CODE: MEC 321 HOURS:2
HRS/WK
General Objective 1.0: Company Structures

Week
Specific Learning Outcome Teachers Activities Resource
1.1 Relationship between internal need and Ask students to produce the Chalk,
external links in developing structure organizational structure of a small Chalkboard,
1 1.2 Levels of authority local company and compare it to Lecture note
1.3 Supply chain relationship the polytechnic
Assess.
General Objective: 2.0: Marketing
2.1 Role of marketing - match capability to Ask students to identify an

customer need imported product and its local
2.2 Product mix - product, place, price, competition. Prepare and attribute
promotion, people, process and physical analysis to show gap analysis.
2-3
evidence. Attribute analysis and customer Assess.
perceived value
2.3 Product life cycles.
2.4 Distribution channels
General Objective: 3.0 Market Research
3.1 Forcasting Ask student to determine future

3.2 Sampling plan - brief, target, question, demand for a produce and
4-6 analysis product and produce a customer
perception questionnaire.
Assess
General Objective: 4.0 Market strategy
4.1 Supply position and customer preference Ask student to analyse local
4.2 Ansoffs Matrix - market company for skills, capacity and
7-10 penetration/development, product development, competence and develop a
diversification. market strategy
4.3 Strategy - segmentation and co-operation Assess
49
PROGRAMME: NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
CONTACT
COURSE: BUSINESS MANAGEMENT CODE: MEC 321 HOURS:2
HRS/WK
General Objective: 5.0 Investment Appraisal
5.1 Payback period Ask student to compare a

5.1 Annual rate of return projects costs & income under at
11-12 5.2 Discounted Cash-Flow least two methods and comment
5.3 Time & risks on risks involved.
Assess
General Objective: 6.0 Variance Analysis
6.1 Marginal costing - contribution analysis and Ask student to analyse local
breakeven analysis company
13-14
6.2 Standard/estimated costs Demand
6.3 Analysis of actual: expected
General Objective: 7.0 Contracts
7.1 Law of contract

7.2 Terms
15
7.3 Remedies
7.4 Liability - Torts and strict liability
50
Operations Management
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - MANAGEMENT

(OPTION)
CONTACT
COURSE: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE: MEM 414 HOURS:
3HRS/WK
COURSE SPECIFICATION: THEORETICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0 Competitive Profile

Week
1.1 Market qualifying criteria: Time, quality, Ask students to produce a profile of Chalk,
Delivery, Price, Flexibility, Design features, a customers needs to determine Chalkboard,
Pre/post sales relationship Order Winning Criteria and produce lecture note etc.
1
1.2 Order winning/Losing criteria, Gaining plan to give competitive advantage.
competitive advantage Customer & Supplier Assess
dependence
General Objective 2.0: Capacity Planning
2.1 Need for capacity plan along time Ask students to prepare capacity - do -
horizons profile and set against a demand
2.2 Calculating capacity - ideal, actual pattern to determine efficient match.
2
achievable and maximum Assess
2.3 Methods of adjusting capacity to match
demand
General Objective 3.0: Material Management
3.1 Inventory management systems - EBQ, Ask student to determine best - do -

Periodic replacement, Part-period balancing system to meet variable demand
2.1 MRP Systems - Bills of material pattern.
4 (common & unique parts), Master Ask student to operate a simple,
production planning, exploding, multi-product MRP System against a
amalgamating and off-setting to produce variable demand
time phased order raising. Reports available Assess
51
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - MANAGEMENT
(OPTION)
CONTACT
COURSE: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE: MEM 414 HOURS:
3HRS/WK
General Objective 4.0: Scheduling
4.1 Simple one/two machine scheduling Ask students to develop load - do -

4.2 Capacity Requirement Planning - load profile of simple Master production
profiles & utilizing warehousing Plan & re-schedule to meet
5 4.3 Bottleneck scheduling customer requirement.
Ask students to detail schedule
multi-machines against demand
Assess.
General Objective 5.0: Layout Planning
5.1 Types of layout Ask students to carry out a SLP - do -

5.2 Systematic Layout Planning (SLP) exercise.
5.3 Cellular Layout - Production Flow Ask students to determine match of
Analysis (PFA) machine to cell using PFA. Assess
General Objective 6.0: Just-in-time (JIT)
6.1 Principles of JIF - Work-in-progress Ask students to rearrange - do -

reduction, management-by-sight, Multi- manufacturing system to incorporate
skilling zero defects, preventative JIT principles.
6
maintenance. Assess
6.2 Kanban system
6.3 Set-up Reduction
General Objective 7.0: Lean & Agile Manufacturing
7.1 Lean Manufacturing Ask students to produce report on - do -

7.2 Time compression local manufacturer to show how to
7 7.3 Agile Manufacturing move towards lean or agile
manufacturing
Assess
52
Quality Assurance
COURSE: QUALITY ASSURANCE
CONTACT HOURS:
Course Specification: Theoretical COURSE CODE: MEC 427
3HR/WK
General Objective 1.0 Need for Quality

Week
1.1 Customer need - conformity Ask student to develop a customer quality Chalk, Chalkboard,
& reliability profile for a product Lecture note
1 1.3 Internal need - cost & time Assess
compression
1.4 Concurrent engineering
General Objective 2.0: Capacity
2.1 Variability Ask students to carry out an exercise in Range of

2-3 2.2 Capability index - CP & CPK capability analysis measuring
2.3 Using & reducing indices Assess instruments
General Objective 3.0 Statistical Process Control
3.1 Sampling Ask students to produce and analyse Range of

2.2 Variables - producing mean mean and range charts measuring
4-7 and range charts Assess instruments
2.3 Attributes - producing number
and percentage defective charts.
General Objective 4.0: Problem Solving
4.1 Pereto analysis Ask students to carry out a Pereto analysis - do -

4.1 Fishbone diagrams and of a poor quality product and determine
8-9
brainstorming probable causes.
4.2 Correlation & measles charts. Assess
General Objective 5.0 Certification
5.1 ISO 9000 Ask students to examine a local - do -

5.2 Vendor assessment manufacturer under either ISO 9000 or
10-11
5.3 CE Certification vendor assessment scheme.
Assess
53
COURSE: QUALITY ASSURANCE
CONTACT HOURS:
Course Specification: Theoretical COURSE CODE: MEC 427
3HR/WK
General Objective 6.0 Value Engineering
6.1 Functional analysis Ask students to carry out a value analysis - do -

6.2 Cost analysis of a locally produced product
12-13
6.3 Comparison matrix & idea Assess
development
General Objective 7.0: Improving Reliability
7.1 Simple reliability concepts Ask students to develop a FTA or FMEA - do -

7.2 Fault Tree Analysis analysis of a locally produced product.
14-15
7.3 Failure mode analysis - Assess
FMEA & FMECA
54
Transport Management
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING: (PLANT ENGINEERING

OPTION)
CONTACT
COURSE: TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE: MEP 422
HOURS: (2,0,2)
General Objective 1.0: Road Transport Legislation

Week
Specific Learning Outcome Teachers Activities Resources.
1.1 Legislation regarding vehicle Ask students to produce a matrix of

classification a transport companys legal test
1.2 HGV testing and other legislative requirements
1-3 requirements Assess
1.3 Carriage of toxic and dangerous
materials
1.4 Ancillary handling equipment
General Objective 2.0: Workshop equipment
2.1 Workshop layout Ask students to compare a street-

2.2 Basic workshop equipment side car mechanic with a properly
4-6
2.3 Basic fuel dispensing equipment equipped workshop
2.4 Ancillary power needs Assess
General Objective 3.0: Warehouse Operations
3.1 Location of warehouses Ask student to design a

3.2 Layout of warehouses warehouse, including layout and
3.3 Material handling equipment: Fork lift, storage system.
7-10 trucks, hoists and cranes Assess
3.4 Pallet handling & storage systems
3.5 Bulk handling
3.6 Loading and Stowing of cargo
General Objective 4.0: Transport Service Operations
4.1 Fuel storage and issue Ask student to design part of

4.2 Servicing required procedures
11-13
4.3 Accident & other repairs Assess
4.4 Parts section
55
OPTION)
CONTACT
COURSE: TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE: MEP 422
HOURS: (2,0,2)
General Objective 5.0: Transport Management
5.1 Determining transport and storage Ask student to cost out a repair
needs operation.
14-15 5.2 Workshop administration: Vehicle Assess.
receipt, Workshop instructions, Cost
calculations and invoicing procedure.
56
Maintenance Management
PROPROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - PLANT

ENGINEERING (OPTION)
CONTACT
COURSE: MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE: MEP 423
HOURS: (2,0,2)
General Objective 1.0: Types of Maintenance.

Week
1.1 Need: Efficiency, life, legal (Health Ask students to examine a range of
& Safety & Environmental plant and produce a schedule for simple
1.2 Type: Planned, preventive, maintenance tasks and examinations.
1-2
predicative, scheduled, correctives, Assess.
breakdown, replacement.
1.1 Monitoring
General Objective 2.0: Maintenance causes: Identification and reduction
a. Wear and Tear Ask students to examine a range of

b. Fatigue and other plant and produce a fault tree analysis
stresses showing causes of deterioration
c. Corrosion Assess
d. Operational
damage
3-6
e. Operational neglect
and misuse
f. Inappropriate
design or selection,
especially of
maintainability
General Objective 3.0: Predicting faults
3.1 Identifying faults Ask students to examine a range of

3.2 Predicting remaining life common faults and produce a means of
7-10 3.3 Manufactures data identifying these faults commencing or
happening
Assess
57
PROPROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - PLANT
CONTACT
COURSE: MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE: MEP 423
HOURS: (2,0,2)
General Objective 4.0: Maintenance procedures
4.1 Preparing procedures Ask students to develop some PC with

4.2 Preparing detailed instructions procedures and instructions including spreadsheet and
4.3 Data collection and analysis operation of simple maintenance task, data base
11-13
4.4 Plant maintenance schedule, and develop a suitable history record
including regulation compliance sheet.
4.5 Staff scheduling Assess
General Objective 5.0: Maintenance Strategy
5.1 Effectiveness measures, Ask students to justify a planned PC with

availability, cost and hazard maintenance schedule, spreadsheet
prevention Assess
14-15 5.1 Training - operator and
serviceman
5.2 Evaluating maintenance plans
5.3 Spare parts requirements
58
COMPUTER AND ELECTRICAL COURSES
CAD/CAM
CONTACT HOURS:
COURSE: CAD/CAM COURSE CODE: MEC 316
4HRS/WK
General Objective 1.0: Know 3D Component Drawing

Week
1.1 Use geometric manipulation Ask students to produce a 3D PC with 3D CAD

functions such as mirror, component package
1-4 1.2 Explain drawing attributes for Assess
CAD/CAM with specific reference
to profile data and parts listing.
General Objective 2.0: Produce a 3D Surface
2.1 Use of axis to produce suitable Ask students to produce 3D surfaces PC with 3D CAD
geometry for visualization and subsequent package
5-8
2.2 Produce a variety of geometric machining
shapes from datum in 3D space. Assess
General Objective 3.0: Data Transfer
3.1 Structure CAD data with Ask students to produce a DXF file PC with 3D CAD & CAM
reference to datum and direction from CAD and then use this DXF file package
9-10
3.2 Transfer data in DYF an IGES to produce geometry in CAM software
Assess
General Objective 4.0: Cutter Paths
4.1 Generate simulated tool cutting Ask students to develop tool paths PC with CAM package
paths for a variety of profiles and optimize
4.2 Consider cut direction, work time.
11-13
holding, accuracy and finish Assess
4.3 Use of canned and repetitive
cycle sub-routines.
59
CONTACT HOURS:
COURSE: CAD/CAM COURSE CODE: MEC 316
4HRS/WK
General Objective 5.0: General Machine tool program/tape
5.1 Generate machine program Ask students to produce machine PC with CAM and post -
5.2 Use manual data input to enter program, transfer to machine and Processor package CNC
14-15
offsets and vary cutting conditions produce component to requirements Machine tool PC
5.3 Prove tape Assess.
60
CNC: Programming & Robotics
CONTACT HOURS:
COURSE: PROGRAMMING & ROBOTICS COURSE CODE: MEC 416
3HRS/WK
General Objective 1.0: Manual Part Programming

Week
1.1 Elements & structure- tooling Ask students to produce manually CNC Machine tool
information, parameter settings, written part programs and then to input
datums and axes, positional control into CNC machine tool and prove out
& sequencing Assess
1-5 1.2 ISO standards, machine codes
for machine auxiliary functions and
movement, sequencing.
1.3 Techniques: macro routines and
sub routines, offsets
General Objective 2.0: Computer Assisted Part Programming
2.1 Functions: Profile definition, Ask students to develop tool paths for PC with 3D CAM
graphics geometry manipulation, a variety of profiles and optimize time, and post-processor
tooling & machine sequences, cutter then to produce machine program, package, CNC
path simulation transfer to machine and prove program. machine
6-9 2.2 Database: Profiles, attributes, Assess
material cutting data, tool data
2.3 Macro routines: continuous
operations, auto-tooling standard
components.
General Objective 3.0: Industrial Robots
3.1 Manipulator elements: drive Ask students to examine various Robot

systems, sensors, brakes and products and determine suitable robot
counter balances specification to accurately position in an
10 - 12 3.2 Control elements assembly operation.
3.3 Intelligence: Proximity, range, Asses
position force
3.4 Sources of error
61
CONTACT HOURS:
COURSE: PROGRAMMING & ROBOTICS COURSE CODE: MEC 416
3HRS/WK
General Objective 4.0: Programming Robots
4.1 Programming methods: Task Ask students to develop robot paths Robot
programming, manual data input, for a variety of operations, then to
teach, explicit and goal directed produce manual programs
programming Before programming robot to carry out
4.2 Facilities: Loops, shifts, external a simple task and prove program
13 - 15
communication, canned cycles, off- Assess
sets, macro and sub routines
4.1 Industrial tasks
4.2 Proving programme
4.3 Safety
62
Computer Programming
PROGRAMME: INFORMATION, COMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY (ICT)
Contact Hours:
Course: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING Course Code: ICT 101
4hrs/wk
Course Objectives 1.0: To give the students the skill needed to appreciate the use of computers and the use
of specialist software Packages in a competent manner, within their own engineering specialty. The learning
Methodology should be student centered, with the student using various available packages in order to be
competent when using them. The use of student workbooks or guided learning materials is recommended.
Key Objectives: The outcome from the learning process should be that the student would be able to do the
following.
Week Specific Learning Outcome Teachers Activities Resource
Define what is meant by a computer. Define what is meant by a Computer? Maximum of 4

Know the history of computer Teach the history of Computers students to 1
development (briefly) developments. (Briefly) computer
State the uses of computers and Teach the uses of computers and the Maximum of 4
understand the impact of the impact of PC on the society: home, office, computers to a
PC on computer technology. banks etc. printer except when
Differentiate between hardware and a Network is in use.
1
software 1 Ream of A4
Understand the input-process-output papers to 10
algorithm (hardware) students.
a. Central processor Ink cartridges per
b. Input mechanisms printer per
c. Output semester.
mechanisms
Know how data is stored Explain the need for data storage.
a. RAM Dismantle a computer system and show
b. ROM the students the RAM card, the Hard Disk
c. Fixed discs and the Processors.
d. Removable discs Explain the concept of an operating
2 Understand the concept of an system.
operating system
a. PC-DOS/MS-DOS
b. Windows
c. Linux
d. Unix
63
Contact Hours:
4hrs/wk
following.
Access computers correctly through Discuss the advantage of the Windows -Do-
Windows operating system. Operating System.
a. Open/Close a Explain the windows menu and tools.
window Each student must be given an
3 b. Program Manager opportunity to start a computer,
c. Button bars/scroll open/close the window operating system,
bars/menu bars understand the program manager and
d. Moving from one move around in the windows environment.
window to another
a. Understand file Explain the process of creating a file, -Do-

management and manipulating the file and use of the print
how to manage files manager.
b. Creating a file and
folder
c. Manipulating files
(moving, copying,
4
saving, deleting)
d. Print manager
Understand the concept of a software Load MS Office with the students and -Do-
package explain the various packages that make
a. MS Office up MS Office. Load MS Encarta and
b. Lotus SmartSuite discuss its use with the students.
c. MS Encarta
64
Contact Hours:
4hrs/wk
following.
Demonstrate ability in the competent Demonstrate the installation of MS

use of a word-processing package Words.
such as MS Word (or equivalent Identify the different features of the
standard) software.
a. Entering text Ask students to type a short document
b. Formatting text and save it.
(emboldening, font Ask students to edit a document and
size, italicising) carry out a spelling check.
c. Creating and Demonstrate the use of tables.
5-6 Saving text files
d. Editing and
moving text
e. Importing objects
f. Spelling and
Grammar Checking
g. Creating and
manipulating tables,
text boxes, equations
h. Printing
65
Contact Hours:
4hrs/wk
following.
Demonstrate ability in the competent Load Corel Draw.

use of a graphics package such as Explain features of the soft wares.
Corel Draw (or equivalent standard) Demonstrate the creating and saving of
a. Drawing tools images.
b. Text as graphics Edit the images saved.
c. Creating and Export the graphics to other packages
saving image files Demonstrate the manipulation (re-sizing)
d. Editing and of images.
moving images
e. Importing and
7-8
exporting graphics
f. Windows
Clipboard facility
g. Creating and
manipulating images
(re-sizing etc)
h. Image file
standard (JPEG,
PCX, GIF etc)
i. Printing
66
Contact Hours:
4hrs/wk
following.
Demonstrate ability in the competent Load MS Excel.

use of a spreadsheet package such Explain features of the software.
as MS Excel (or equivalent Create a worksheet and edit it.
standard). Demonstrate how to format a workshop.
a. Setting up the
worksheet
b. Entering data
c. Formatting data
(decimal places,
alpha-numeric)
d. Creating and
9-11 saving worksheets
e. Creating a formula
in cells
f. Importing objects
g. Exporting the
worksheet
h. Creating and
manipulating
graphical
representations of
data
i. Printing
67
Contact Hours:
4hrs/wk
following.
Demonstrate ability in the competent Load MS Access.

use of a database package such as Explain the features and working of the
MS Access (or equivalent standard) software.
a. Drawing tools Use students record as example and
b. Text as graphics enter the records in the structure query
c. Creating & saving modify and produce typical report.
image files Show how to index and sort files in
d. Editing & moving alphabetical order
images
e. Importing &
12-13
exporting graphics
f. Windows
Clipboard facility
g. Creating &
manipulating images
(re-sizing etc)
h. Image file
standards (JPEG,
PCX, GIF etc)
i. Printing
68
Contact Hours:
4hrs/wk
following.
Use the Internet to retrieve Show students how to look on to the

information. Internet.
a. World Wide Web Write and send an email.
(WWW) Surf the net.
b. Download
information
c. Paste retrieved
information into an
14-15 appropriate
application
d. Use e-mail to send
and receive
messages.
e. National and
international e-mail
f. E-mail attachments
(sending & receiving)
69
Electrical Power And Machines
Course: ELECTRICAL POWER AND

Course Code: EEE442 Contact Hours 2HRS/WK
MACHINES
General Objective 1.0: Understand the principles of electrical machines and electro-mechanical
Week energy conversion
1.1 State the principles of The teacher to illustrate with good Recommended
induction and alignment as examples and make notes where textbooks, chalkboard,
applied electrical machines necessary chalk lecturer notes etc
1.2 Explain with the aid of Ask the students to: Recommended
sketches how the principles in state the principles of induction, equipment for
1.1 are applied to electrical interaction and alignment as applied to experiment
machines electrical machines
1.3 State the motor energy Carryout the activities in 1.2 to 1.5
conversion principles Assess the students
1.4 Derive the general energy Ask the students to:
balance equation applicable to carryout the activities in 1.6 to 1.10
all situations determine experimentally the conversion
1.5 Represent by suitable of energy in singly excited system
block diagrams the energy Assess the students
1
balance equations
1.6 Derive induced voltage and
the electrical input in singly
excited systems
1.7 Derive and expression for
energy in the magnetic field of
a singly excited system
1.8 Derive the energy balance
equation
1.9 Develop the dynamic
equation of a singly excited
electro-mechanical system
1.10 Solve problems involving
1.4 to 1.9
70

MACHINES
General Objective 2.0: Understand the performance of various types of AC machines

2.1 Describe the construction Ask the students to: Recommended
of single-phase and three-
phase transformers describe the construction of single-phase equipment for
2.2 Explain the working and three-phase transformers experiment
principles of the transformer
2.3 Explain the phasor carryout the activities of 2.2 to 2.7
diagram for a transformer on determine experimentally the copper and
no-load, on-bad conditions
iron losses in transformer
2.4 Explain the equivalent
circuit of a transformer connect three single-phase transformers
2.5 Describe the construction
for three phase operation
of a synchronous machine
2.6 Sketch the flux and emf Assess the student
waves in synchronous Ask the student to:
machines
2.7 Explain armature reaction explain synchronous reactance and
and leakage fluxes and synchronous impedance
reactances
2.8 Explain synchronous carryout the activities in 2.11 to 2.18
reactance and synchronous determine experimentally the open-circuit
impedance
2.9 Sketch the equivalent and shot circuit characteristics of a
circuit of synchronous machine synchronous machines
2.10 Sketch phasor diagrams
determine experimentally the
for a synchronous machine
operating as a motor or a synchronous speed, rotor speed and slip of
generator an induction motor
2.11 Explain open-circuit and
shot circuit characteristics of a explain the torque/slip characteristics of
synchronous machine an induction machine, and the various
2.12 Explain steady-state
operating characteristics of a methods of cooling electric machine
synchronous machine determine experimentally the torque/slip
2.13 Describe the construction
of an induction machine characteristics of an induction motor
2.14 Explain the principle of Assess the students
operation of an induction
machine
2.15 Define synchronous
speed, rotor speed and slip
2.16 Explain the equivalent
circuit for an induction machine
2.17 Explain the torque/slip
characteristics of an induction
machine
2.18 Explain the various
methods of cooling electric
machine
71

MACHINES
General Objective 3.0: Understand the principles of operation of various types of electric power
plants

3.1 State the various sources Ask the students to:
of energy state various sources of energy, and
3.2 Explain the essential
explain the principles of operations of all
principles of hydro and steam
the power plants as indicated in 3.3
power station design
3.3 Explain the principles of draw the flow diagram of a thermal power
operation of: plant and explain the factors which
i. steam power influence the choice of site for a steam
plant generating station
ii. hydro power
Assess the students
plant
Ask the students to:
iii. gas turbine
do the activities in 3.6 to 3.8 and draw a
plant
iv. nuclear good schematic diagram for the electricity
power plant supply to auxiliaries of a steam power
v. wind power station
plant select a water turbine for state conditions
vi. solar power
Assess the students
plant
3.4 Draw the flow diagram of a
thermal power plant
3.5 Explain the factors which
influence the choice of site for
a steam generating station
3.6 State the advantages and
disadvantages of the gas
turbine over the steam turbine
plant
3.7 List the operational
features of a diesel engine
generator
3.8 State the various type of
water turbines in use
3.9 Draw a schematic diagram
for the electricity supply to
auxiliaries of a steam power
station
72

MACHINES
General Objective 4.0: Understand the basic principles involved in electricity supply
4.1 Sketch a single line Ask the students to sketch a single line
diagram of a typical power diagram of a typical power system, and
system also carryout the activities in 4.2 to 4.7
4.2 Differentiate between Assess the student
transmission and distribution Ask the students to:
4.3 Compare radial and inter- calculate symmetrical 3-phase fault MVA
connected power transmission at various points of simple systems,
systems explain methods of power factor
10-11
4.4 State typical conductor improvement and solve problems on power
sizes and their power limits factor improvement
4.5 Explain the mechanism of demonstrate practically P.F improvement
power transfer of an electrical system using(i) capacitor
4.6 Explain reactive power and banks(ii) synchronous machine
power factor Assess the students
4.7 Explain various types of
power system faults
4.8 Calculate symmetrical 3-

phase fault MVA at various
points of simple systems
12 4.9 Explain method of power
factor improvement
4.10 Solve problems on power
factor improvement
73

MACHINES
General Objective: 5.0 understand the principles of system protection and earthing
5.1 State the requirements of a Ask the students to:

protective schemes state the requirements, list components
5.2 List components of of protective schemes and explain the
protective schemes various methods of protection of systems
5.3 Explain the various explain the methods of protecting
methods of protection of transmission lines, generators,
systems, (overcurrent, transformers and busbars, state the
distance, differential relaying) purpose of earthing and explain with the
5.4 Explain methods of aid of sketch, various methods of system
protecting transmission lines, earthing
generators, transformers and state the various types of practical earth
busbars electrodes
5.5 State the purpose of explain equipment earth, bonding of
earthing equipment and cables and also describe a
5.6 State the various types of method of measuring earth electrode
practical earth electrodes resistance and earth loop impedance
5.7 Explain with the aid of explain protective multiple earthing, and
sketch, various methods of describe a method of substation earthing
system earthing determine experimentally earth
5.8 Explain equipment earth resistance of an electrical system at
5.9 Explain bonding of various locations
equipment and cables Assess the students
5.10 Describe a method of
measuring earth electrode
resistance and earth loop
impedance
5.11 Explain protective
multiple earthing
5.12 Describe a method of
substation earthing.
74

MACHINES
General Objective 6.0: Understand motor selection and speed control
6.1 List various types of Ask the students to:

electric machine enclosures list various types of electric machine
6.2 Explain the rating of enclosures and explain the rating of
electric machines electric machines
6.3 Explain the procedure for explain the procedure for selecting
selecting electric motor for an electric motor for an application and
15
application explain methods of speed control of
6.4 Explain methods of speed electric motors
control of electric motors determine experimentally various speeds
6.5 Motor Selection and speed of electric motors using appropriate speed
control control
Assess the students
75
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSES
Strength of Materials I
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - MANUFACTURING

(OPTION)
Course: Strength of Materials I Course Code: MEC 313 Contact Hours: 1-1-0
General Objective 1.0: Understand the concept of stress, strain, Hooks law, and elastic constant (E,
Week G, K)
1.1 Define stress and strain Ask the student to define stress
1.2 State Hooks law and strain. Illustrate with example
and diagrams and make notes.
Ask the student to state Hooks law
General Objective 2.0: Understand the relationship between the elastic constants the concept of
strain energy and stresses in composite bars
2.1 Describe the relationship Ask the students to determine the

between the elastic constant E, G, relationship between the elastic
and K constant E, G, and K
1-3 2.2 Explain the concept of strain Ask the students to explain the
energy concept of strain energy.
2.3 Evaluate stress in composite Ask the student to evaluate
bars stresses in composite bars
General Objective 3.0: Understand the concept of compatibility equation, the concept of stress-strain
relationship in 2-dimensions
3.1 Explain the compatibility Ask the student to explain

equation compatibility equation
3.2 Define stress and strain
relationship in 2- dimensions
76

MACHINES
General Objective 4.0: Understand the type of stresses and strains developed in thick walled
pressure vessels and cylinder
4.1 Evaluate principal stresses Ask the students to define the

strain and planes stress and strain relationship in two
4-5 4.2 Find principal stresses using dimensions.
the mohrs circles. Ask the students to evaluate
principal stresses, strains and planes
General Objective 5.0: Understand the construction of shearing force and bending moment diagrams
and the computation of shearing force and bending Moment
5.1 Derive the types of stress in Ask the students to derive the
pressurized cylinder shells types of stresses in pressurized
6
5.2 Compare Hoop and cylindrical shells
longitudinal stresses
General Objective 6.0: Understand the theory of bending
6.1 Derive the stress in thin Ask the student to compare hoop
spherical shells and longitudinal stresses
6.2 Analyze the dimensional Ask the students to derive the
7-8 changes caused by internal stress in thin spherical shells
pressure Ask the student to analyze the
dimensional changes caused by
internal pressure
General Objectives 7.0: Understand the theory of torsion
7.1 Distinguish between Thick and Ask the students to distinguish Recommended textbooks,
thin cylinders between thick and thin cylinder. chalk, chalkboard, lecture
8
7.2 Illustrate stress variations over Illustrate with diagrams and make notes.
the cross-section of the cylinder notes.
Ask the student to illustrate

9 - 10 between variations over the cross
section of the cylinder
77

MACHINES
General Objective 8.0: Understand the use of portable strain meter and universal cantilever
apparatus.
8.1 Describe the longitudinal, radial Ask the student to determine the
and circumferential stresses and longitudinal, radial and
strains for a thick cylinder circumferential stresses and strains
11 - 12 8.2 Explain the relationship for a thick cylinder
between stress and strain values in Ask the student to compare stress
thin cylinders with those of thick and strain values in thin and thick
cylinder cylinder
General Objective 9.0: Understand the use of thin cylinder apparatus of thick cylinder apparatus
9.1 Construct shearing force and Ask the student to construct

bending moment diagrams shearing force and bending
9.2 Solve problems on bending moments diagrams
stresses Ask the student to solve problems
9.3 Calculate polar moment of area on bending stresses.
9.4 Relate Shear strain to the Ask the student to calculate polar
angle of twist moment of area
9.5 Derive the torsion equation Ask the student to relate shear
13 - 15 strain to the angle of twist
Ask the students to derive the
9.6 Calculate torsional strain

energy equation
9.7 Carryout revisions Ask the student to calculate
torsional strain energy
Ask the student to ask questions
on all areas of difficulties.
78
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MACHANICAL ENGINEERING - MANUFACTURING
(OPTION)
Course: Strength of Materials I Course Code: MEC 313 Contact Hours: 1-0-1
Course Specification: Practical Content
General Objective: Demonstrate skills in the use of portable strain meter, cantilever, thin thick
Week cylinder apparatus
1.0 Perform an experiment to Demonstrate activities in 1.0 to Extensometer

demonstrate strain with 6.0 for the students to learn and Electrical Resistance strain
- Extensometer ask them to carry out all the gauges
- Electrical activities. Tensile/compression Testing
1-5
Resistance strain Assess the students machine (140 tones) etc.
Gauges
- Simple strain
gauges.
2.0 Carry out the following test

- Tensile test
- Compression
6- 9
test
- Hardness test
- Impact test
3.0 Perform experiment to

10
demonstrate universal cantilever.
4.0 Carryout experiment to test for

11
strength of Beams
5.0 Carry out experiment to test

12 for strength of Thin and thick
cylinder.
6.0 Test for torsional stress/strain

13 - 15
of cylindrical bar.
79
Instrumentation and Control

(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 1hr/wk

COURSE: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL Course Code: MEC 314
(1-0-2)
Course Specification: Theoretical Content:
General Objective 1.0: Understand the general characteristics of measuring instruments and
Week measurements.
1.1 Classify instruments into typesi.e. Ask students to explain Recommended

indicating, recording and controlling factors for the choice of textbooks, lecture notes,
instruments. measuring and measuring chalk, chalk board,
1.2 Explain the factors affecting instrument instruments. Duster, etc.
selection e.g. accuracy, precision,
Ask students to explain how
resolution sensitivity, and range, reliability,
to ascertain accuracy of
cost, static and dynamic response,
measurement reading from
environment and type of output.
instruments.
1.3 Classify the sources of errors in
1
measurement systems into manufacturing Ask students to explain error
errors, design error, operating errors, types, in random and
environmental errors and application errors. systematic.
1.4 Define and explain the importance of Ask students to explain the
calibration. need for calibration.
1.5 Explain the importance of basic
components of an instrument system such
as sensing elements, amplifying elements,
signal modifiers or converters display
1.6 Give examples of sensing elements Ask the students to describe
controlling used in mechanical engineering with sketches the components
(together with their principle of operation parts of instrument system and
and area of application e.g. string gauge. t heir proper function
1.7 Give example of a simple electrical,
Ask student to explain signal
hydraulic and mechanical amplifying
conditioning and transformers.
2 elements etc. (together with their principle
Illustrate with good diagrams
of operation and area of application
and make notes.
1.8 Give examples of signal converters (e.g.
give example of signal converters bridge Illustrate with good diagrams
circuit, or changer amplifier etc (together and make notes.

with their principle of operation, use and Assess.
area of application.
80
(OPTION)

(1-0-2)
General Objective 1.0: Understand the general characteristics of measuring instruments and
Week measurements.
1.9 Explain how static performance Ask students to explain

parameter of measuring systems such as accuracy and precision and
sensitivity, accuracy, precision, hysteresis, their effect in measurement.
dead band etc can be determined. Ask students to demonstrate
1.10 Explain how parameters associated their understanding of
with dynamic performance of measuring response to step and impulse
systems can be determined e.g. step signal input
3
response, and frequency responses. Ask students to sketch
1.11 Find the step responses to a first order response diagram to step and
system. impulse signal input.
1.12 Find the step response of a second Assess.
order system.
1.13 Find the frequency response of a
second order system.
81
(OPTION)

(1-0-2)
General Objective 2.0: Understand the measurement of various parameters e.g. displacement stress,
speed, time, temperature etc.
2.1 Classify displacement - measuring Ask students to explain how

devices into electrical and mechanical types to determine what parameters
giving examples. to measure.
2.2 Explain the construction and principle of Ask students to explain the
operation of dial indicator use of indicator in
2.3 Explain with the aid of an illustration the measurement system
principle of operation of a float as a simple Ask students to explain the
displacement-measuring device. translation of effects from
2.4 Explain the principle of operation of the sensors to visual read out
linear variable displacement transducer Ask students to sketch the
(L.V.D.T) circuit for force measurement
2.5 Explain the operation of potentiometer in 2.6.
4 as a displacement-measuring device. Ask student to make any of
2.6 Describe the measurement of force by the force measuring devices.
(i) gravity balance method. (ii) Fluid- Ask students to explain the
pressure method (iii) deflection of elastic use of various physical
element method (iv) piezoelectric element. relationships as sensors for
manufacturing effects.
to measure time dependent
variables.
Ask students to explain the
output from counter devices.
Ask student to sketch the
essential features of a counter
82
(OPTION)

(1-0-2)
2.7 Describe various methods of measuring Ask student to construct and

torque calibrate any of the devices in
2.8 Describe method of measuring strain of 2.15
elastic elements. Ask students to explain the
2.9 Explain strain measurement using (i). use of physical properties of
Mechanical gauge. (ii) optical strain gauge sensors for measurement.
and (iii) electrical strain gauge. Assess.
2.10 Explain stress measurements using (i)
photo elastic models (ii) photo elastic
coatings.
2.11 Describe the method of time
measurement using (i) measuring
oscillators (ii) industrial timing method using
stop-washer or stop-clocks.
2.12 Describe the operation of counting
5 devices such as (i)mechanical counters (ii)
Electronic counters.
2.13 Explain the principle of signal of
frequencies by measurement using the (i)
cathode ray oscilloscope (ii) Digital
methods.
2.14 Describe method of angular-velocity
measurements using (i) mechanical
tachometers (ii) The drag-cut tachometers
(iii) the electro magnetic pulse technique
(iv) the photo-electronic technique (v) the
stroboscope.
2.15 Describe temperature measurement
using non-electrical methods involving (i)
expansion of liquids (ii) expansion of vapors
and gases (iii) expansion of solids.
83
(OPTION)

(1-0-2)
2.16 Describe temperature measurement Illustrate with good diagrams,

using electrical methods involving (i) self- make notes and prepare
generating transducers i.e. (ii) variable assignments for the students.
6
control-parameter transducers i.e. variable Assess the notes.
resistance transducers resistance
thermometers.
2.17 Describe temperature measurement

using radiation method involving the use of
(i) optical pyrometers (ii) infrared
pyrometers.
2.18 Explain liquid-level measurement
7
using the following method (i) direct level
measuring devices, (ii) mercury manometer
(iii) buoyancy method (float method), (iv)
electrical methods (e.g. capacitance and
photoelectric method), (v) Optical methods.
2.19 Explain the operation of the following

flow measurement devices (i) orifice (ii)
8
venturi meter (iii) pitot tube (iv) static
pressure drop etc.
General Objective 3.0: Understand the principle of potentiometer and bridge circuits

3.1 Explain the basic laws (ohms and Ask students to explain the
kirchoffs laws) for simple network. kirchoffs law and use it to
3.2 Illustrate how a potentiometer can be
draw block diagrams of
used as (i) voltage divider (ii) for voltage
Resistor, Capacitor -
balancing.
9 Inductance (R C I) circuit.
3.3 Explain the principles of D.c. wheat-
stone bridge Ask students to explain the
3.4 Explain the principles of A.c. Bridge for principle of thed.c. Wheat
resistance, capacitance and inductance stone bridge anda.c. bridge.
measurements.
84
(OPTION)

(1-0-2)
General Objective 4.0: Understand the concept of automatic control system
4.1 Explain the general significance of Ask students to explain why

control system control systems are better than
4.2 State examples of areas of application manual control in particular
4.3 Classify control system into types (open applications.
loop and closed loop). Ask students to differentiate
4.4 Describe continuous and sequential between open and closed loop
systems (with examples) as sub-divisions of control system.
open loop control system Ask students to give
4.5 Describe continuous and off-on systems examples of continuous and
10
(with examples as sub-divisions of closed sequential systems.
loop control system. Ask students to explain and
4.6 Explain the terms associated with a give examples of off-on and
basic closed-loop control system. continuous systems as closed
4.7 State advantages and disadvantages of loop.
a closed-loop system. Ask students to explain
references input, controlled
variable, feed back elements
etc of a control system.
85
(OPTION)

(1-0-2)
General Objective 5.0: Know the various control systems
5.1 Classify control system into branches of Ask students to classify

applications (i.e. speed control, position control system based on
control, process control, path control etc.) application
5.2 Illustrate with simple diagram(s) an Ask students to explain with
example of the types of control systems diagrams some of the systems
listed in 5.1. in 5.1
5.3 Explain the general principle of Ask students to find the
determination of system time response (i.e. reverse transform of laplace
using step and ramp input signals.) transform functions of a closed
11-12
5.4 Find response for first order system system using step function and
5.5 Find reponse for second order system. ramp function as inputs.
5.6 Describe parameters of the response of Ask students to determine
a second order system (e.g. overshoot, rise time response of first and
time etc.). second order systems.
Ask students to explain by
illustration the parameters of
the response of a second
order system.
86
(OPTION)

(1-0-2)
General Objective 6.0: Know ordinary linear system terms.
6.1 Explain dynamic equations and Ask students to transform

transforms then into algebraic equations. dynamic equations into
6.2 Explain transfer functions and block algebraic equations.
diagrams Ask students to write and
6.3 Explain oscillations, stability and draw transfer functional block
transient response diagrams of simple closed loop
6.4 Explain mathematical stability criteria for control system.
continuous time and discrete-time systems. Ask students to explain the
6.5 Explain Myquits diagrams and the Bode method of stability and apply
13-15 plot. them to a simple closed loop
6.6 Determine phase margin and gain control system.
margin in 6.3. Ask students to plot the
Myquits diagram and the Bode
plot for simple systems.
Ask students to determine
the Laplace transform of a
simple system and determine
the phase margin and gain
margin.
87
(OPTION)
Course: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL Course Code: MEC 314 Contact Hours: 1-0-2
General Objective: Demonstrate skills in the measurement of Force and pressure

Week
1.1 Measure force using the following Demonstrate activities 1.1 Practical guide
methods:- (i) granty (ii) Fluid-pressure (iii) and 1.2 for the students to Granty apparatus
deflection (iv) Piezo electric train transducer. learn and ask them to perform Fluid -pressure
1.2 Measure Pressure using Piezometer and the activities. apparatus
1-2 manometers. Assess the students. Deflection apparatus
Piezo electric train
transducer
Piezometer
Manometer
General Objective 2.0: Demonstrate skills in the measurements of strain, and time
2.1 Measure strain using the following:- Demonstrate activities 2.1 Mechanical gauges
a) Mechanical gauges and 2.2 for the students to Optical strain gauges
b) Optical strain-gauges, and learn and allow them to Bridge amplifiers
c) Bridge amplifiers. practise all the activities. Electronic timers
3-5 2.2 Measure time using the following: Assess the students. Stroboscopes
a) electronic timers Function generators
b) stribiscopes Stop watches.
d) Function generators and
e) Stop watches
General Objective 3.0: Demonstrate skills in the measurement of frequency and angular velocity
3.1 Measure frequency signals using cathode Demonstrate activities in 3.1 Cathod ray,
ray, and oscilloscopes. and 3.2 for the students to oscilloscopes
3.2 Measure angular - velocity using hand- learn and ask them to carry Tachometers
held tachometers. out the activities.
88
(OPTION)
Course: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL Course Code: MEC 314 Contact Hours: 1-0-2
General Objective 4.0: Demonstrate skills in measurement of temperature, liquid level and fluid
4.1 Measure temperature using the following Demonstrate activities in 4.1 Radiation and optical
instruments: for the students to learn and pyrometers
a) radiation and optical ask them to carry out the Vapour pressure
pyrometers activities. thermometer
b) vapor pressure Assess the students. Platinium resistance
thermometers thermometer
c) platinium resistance Thermocouples
thermometer constant copper -
9 - 10 d) thermocouples constant constantan.
copper - constantan. Pt - pt
Rd. 4.2 Measure liquid level
with the following methods -
Direct, manometer, buoyancy,
electrical and optical.
4.3 Measure fluid flow with the following
lartices - orifice, venturimeter, pitot tube and
static pressure drop.
General Objective 5.0: Demonstrate skills in the measurement of voltage, resistance, capacitance
and inductance
5.1 Demonstrate how a potentiometer can be Demonstrate activities 5.1 to Potentiometer

used as a voltage divider and voltage 5.3 for the students to learn Wheatstone bridge
balancing. and allow them to practise the a.c. bridges
11 - 13 5.2 Use d.c. wheet stone bridge to measure activities till they become
resistance. competent.
5.3 Use a.c. bridge to measure resistance, Assess the students
capacitance and inductance.
General Objective 6.0: Demonstrate Skills in the design and construction of a simple control system
6.1 Design and Construct a variable control Demonstrate activity 6.1 for Manual
system to operate a simple constant speed the students to learn and ask Design materials,
water turbine from a tank. them to perform the activity. etc.
89
Mechanics of Machines
Course: MECHANICS OF MACHINES Course Code: MEC 315 Contact Hours: 2-0-2
General Objective 1.0: Understand the basic concepts of links and plane mechanism
Week
1.1 Define such basic terms with machine, Introduce students to free Recommended
link, mechanism, kinematics pairs, body diagrams for velocity textbooks, lecture notes,
inversion analysis. chalk board, chalk,
1.2 Describe the fundamentals of simple Ask students to name links duster, etc.
plane mechanism e.g. sliderr crank, mechanisms etc that they know
Oldham coupling Calculate the velocity and
1.3 Differentiate between the types of acceleration of up to 4 - link
kinematics constants mechanism
1.4 Solve problems involving the above Determine graphically the
topics velocity and acceleration of
simple mechanism
Use instantaneous centers
1-2
velocity diagrams and
acceleration diagrams to find
the velocity and acceleration of
simple links
Ask student to define velocity
and acceleration graphically in
an example
Ask students to explain
instantaneous centers.
Illustrate with diagrams and
make notes.
Assess.
90
General Objective 2.0: Understand the application of friction, its effects, application and reduction
2.1 Define friction Ask students to explain Recommended

2.2 Define and state the factors which different clutches from textbooks, lecture notes,
influence 2.1 diagrams chalk board, chalk,
2.3 Explain the difference between static, Ask students to explain the duster, etc.
kinetic, sliding, rolling and fluid friction. formula for the frictional torque
2.4 Analyse the kinetics of a body on a desired for the different clutch
rough incline plane. types.
2.5 Calculate the friction on square and Ask students to explain how
vee thread. bearings work in a machine.
2.6 State the advantages and Ask the students to name the
disadvantages of friction application of the types of
2.7 Enumerate different types of clutches bearings
2.8 Define the formula for the frictional Ask students to explain how
torque in flat clutches conical clutches, lubrications work.
and collars assuming uniform pressure Ask students to explain why
3-5 and rate of wear. different lubricants have
2.9 Explain fluid friction. different application
2.10 Differentiate the different types of Recapitulate on the forces on
anti-friction bearing. a body on an machine
2.11 Describe the application of journal
bearings.
2.12 Sketch the pressure distribution in a
jornal bearing
2.13 List the common lubricants and their
properties
2.14 List the common solid lubricants and
their properties.
2.15 Explain the effect of temperature on
the viscousity of lubricants.
2.16 Explain the quantitative aspect of thin
and thick film of their applications.
91
General Objective 3.0: Know the concept of balancing of machines
3.1 Explain the importance of balancing of Recapitulate on concept of

machines planes and axes.
3.2 Differentiate between static and Ask students to explain what
dynamic balancing they understand on balancing
3.3 Find the magnitude and position of of machines.
balancing mass for rotating bodies on the Ask students to explain static
6-7
same plane or different planes. and dynamic balancing.
3.4 Explain the principle, and use of Ask students to explain the
typical dynamic balancing machine. briefing sheet before starting.
Solve problems related to
above topic.
General Objective 4.0: Understand the functions and application of flywheels
4.1 Define the different terms relating to Ask students to explain their
flywheels, such as, mass, moment of understanding of flywheel.
inertia, torque, turning moment diagrams, Ask students to explain the
co-efficient of fluctuation of speed and need for a flywheel on an
energy, maximum, minimum, and mean engine
speeds. Solve problems related to
4.2 Distinguish between sim and disc above topic
types of flywheels. Ask students to explain
4.4 Determine the size of the flywheel fluctuation of speed with load
8-9
from the turning on a working engine and how
moment diagram and fluctuation of speed. the flywheel operates
4.4 Find the importance of turning Ask students to explain
moments in reciproca-ting engines DAlemberts principle
4.5 Explain DAlemberts Principle Ask students to explain inertia
4.6 Calculate inertia forces of turning forces.
movement in reciproca-ting engines Ask students to explain the
4.7 Solve problems related to topics in 4.7 fluctuation energy in a
and 4.8 above. reciprocating engine. Assess
92
General Objective 5.0: Understand the basic principles of free and forced vibration and vibration.
5.1 Discuss vibration, its effects and Ask students to explain their
applications. understanding of vibration.
5.2 Define the terms amplitude, cycle, Ask students to explain
periods, frequency, phase angle, degrees situation when vibration is used
of freedom, damping ratio, log and when it is not wanted
development, and resonance. Sketch model of equivalent
5.3 Distinguish between longitudinal, spring-mass system for free
transverse and torsional vibrations and damped vibration
5.4 Derive equations of motion for an Ask students to develop the
undamped and damped spring-mass model and free body diagram
system in free translation vibration-single for spring mass system.
degree of freedom Ask students to explain the
10-11 5.5 Analyse the delay characteristics of defined terms. Periods
under-damped, over-damped, and Ask students to recapitulate
critically damped freely vibrating simple motion of a plane and about an
S.D.C.F. system. axis
5.6 Discussed the basic concepts of Ask students to explain the
vibration transmissibility and isolation in a equations of motion for
S.D.C.F. system. Undamped spring-mass
5.7 Solve problems related to above Damped spring-mass
topics. Ask students to Critical
5.8 Coefficient using universal vibration damping
apparatus. Ask the student to sketch
5.9 Understand vibration in machines and examples of machine Damping
required damping. Assess.
93
General Objective 6.0: Understand the transmission of power by belts chain and gears
6.1 Differentiate between open and Ask students to explain their

understanding
crossed belt drives and calculate the
of a transmission unit.
length of the belt used in each case Ask the students to explain
6.2 Explain the use of idler pulling the various belt drive
arrangements
connecter, shaft pulley and stepped
Ask students to explain
pulleys Center shaft
6.3 Derive an expression relating initial Pulleys and stepped pulleys
tension to tension in the slack and tight
the expressions for tensions on
sides of a belt. Slack side
6.4 Derive the maximum tension ratio in a Tight sides
Ask students to explain one
flat belt and vee belts.
expression for power
6.5 Derive expressions for power transmitted in belt drives.
transmitted belt drives. Ask students to explain how
gears transmit motion.
6.6 State the condition of uniform motion
in toothed gearing system various gear terms.
6.7 Understand the classification of V- Ask students to explain
simple and compound gears
belts by sizes and length Solve problems relating to
12-15
6.8 Define gear involment, addendum above 6.7
dedendum, circular pitch, diametrical Ask Students to explain
velocity ratios for simple and
Pitch, module, pressure angle. compound gear
6.9 State the advantages of gear drives Ask students to explain
over belts, rope, and chain drives epicyclic gear trains.
6.10 Distinguish between simple and advantages
compound gear train. And disadvantages of
6.11 Define epicyclic gear train epicyclic gears trains.
Ask students to indicate
6.12 State the advantages and known applications for simple,
disadvantages of epicyclic gear train. compound and epicyclic gears.
6.13 Calculate the velocity ratio of Ask students to explain the
types and uses of coupling that
epicyclic gear trains are available
6.14 Sketch typical examples of coupling Ask students to explain the
components of a hydraulic
6.15 Describe power transmission by
power transmission.
hydraulic means. Ask students to recapitulate
on the co-efficient of friction for
belt drives
Assess.
94
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
Course: Mechanics of Machines Course Code: MEC 315
2hrs/wk
General Objective
Week
1.1 Conduct experiment to determine the co- Demonstrate activities 1.1 Stress jack
efficient of friction between thread and nut using and 1.2 for the students to apparatus
the screw jack apparatus. learn and ask them to Sliding block
1-5 1.2 Perform experiment on sliding block with carryout the experiment. Rolling support,
(i) No lubrication etc.
(ii) Thin film lubrication
(iii) Rolling support
2.0 Demonstrate skills in balancing of machines
2.1 Carry out primary and secondary balancing Practise the activities. Balancing
2.2 Conduct experiment on static balancing of four Assess the students. wheels.
mass system relating to flywheels such as mass,
6-8
moment of inertia torque, turning moment
diagrams, co-efficient of fluctuation of speech and
energy, maximum, mean speed.
3.0 Understand the operation of flywheels.
3.1 Conduct experiment to determine moment of Demonstrate activities 3.1 Flywheel and its
inertia of a flywheel by falling wheel method and 3.2 for the students to accessories.
9 - 11 3.2 Carryout experiment on fluctuation of speed learn and ask them to carry
with load on a working engine and how the flywheel out the activities.
operates
4.0 Comprehend Power transmission by belts, chain and gears
4.1 Conduct experiment to determine the Demonstrate activities 4.1 Belt drives, Belt,
coefficient of friction for flat and vee-belts. and 4.2 for the students to Gear trains.
4.2 Conduct experiment to determine the velocity learn and allow them to
12 - 15
ratio of epicycles gear trains practise, till they become
perfect.
95
Strength of Materials II
COURSE: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS II Course Code MEC 322 Contact Hours 2Hrs/WK
General Objective: 1.0 Understand forces in members of statically determinate and simple
Week intermediate Structure
1.1 State the conditions for Ask students to write the conditions Recommended
equilibrium of con-current and co- for equilibrium in mathematical form. textbooks, chalk board,
planer forces chalk, Duster, etc.
1.2 State the assumptions made in
the analysis of pinjointed structures.
1.3 Define statically determine
structure.
1 1.4 Define an indeterminate
structure.
1.5 Define a stable indeterminate
structure.
1.6 Distinguish between the young
modular of elasticity (E) Shear
modular of rigidity (G) and bulk
modulus (K)
96
General Objective: 2.0 Analysis and solve problems in statically determinate structures
2.1 Determine forces in statically Guide students through worked

determinate frame members by: examples
a. Analytical Give assignment (home work) on
method related problems.
b. Graphical Ask students to perform the tensile
method test.
c. Method of section
2
2.2 Solve problem related to above
using the 3 methods
a. Modulus of
elasticity
b. Yield strength
c. Maximum tensile
strength
2.4 Compute shearing force and Ask the student to compute shearing
bending moment loaded beams force and bending.
2.5 Relate the intensity of loading Ask the student to relate the intensity
and the bending moment of loading, the shearing force and the
2.6 Calculate the second moment of bending moment.
area for simple cases. Ask the student to calculate the
2.7 Use the parallel and second moment of area for simple
perpendicular axis theorems to cases
compute the second moment of Ask the student to use the parallel
area I and perpendicular axis theorems to
2.8 Establish the bending equation compute the second moment of area
I
Ask the student to establish the
bending equation
97
General Objective: 3.0 Know the bending theory and its application by
3.1 State various types of beams as Ask students to name various Teaching aids such as
differentiated in their beams in commonly used machinery model beam and load
a. Supports - Guide students through related hangers, various loads
b. Simple worked examples. etc.
c. Rigid Grade and return students
a. Loading - homework, assignment and
b. Point laboratory work.
concentrated load
3
c. Uniformly
distributed load
3.2 Apply equilibrium laws to the
determination of beam supports
3.3 Apply simple bending theory to
the analysis of beams in flexure..
3.4 Determine longitudinal stress on
a beam due to bending.
General Objective 4.0: Objective: Know the use of shearing force and bending moment diagrams
4.1 Derive the expression for Ask students to

shearing stress at any point in a Define in flexure
beam section in flexure. Guide students through worked
4.2 Calculate the shearing stress examples
distribution in a symmetric Grade and return graded homework
4
homogenous beam section in assignments.
flexure.
4.3 Solve problems related to above
and draw shearing force and
bending moment diagrams,
98
General Objective 5.0: Predict Structural Stability of a beam from deflection point of view
5.1 Know the double-integration Ask students to derive the deflection

method of analyzing deflection in equation for various standard beams
beams with simple loading
5.2 Solve problems using to the Guide students through worked
double integration method to examples
analyse various types of beams Grade and return graded home work
5 5.3 Sketch slope and deflection and laboratory reports
curves Assess
5.4 Derive Macaulays equation for
deflection caused by concentrated
and uniformly distributed loads
5.5 Determining the value and
position of maximum deflection
General Objective 6.0: Know the 3-moment equation as applied to continuous beam.
6.1 Distinguish amongst continuous Ask students to sketch various

beams. beams and name them.
6.2 Derive the 3-moment equation Ask students to derive the 3-
6.3 Use the 3-moment equation to moment equation.
6 determine reaction at simple Give related home
supports of continuous beams Work assignment.
6.4 Use the 3-moment equation to Grade and return graded homework,
determine reaction at supports of assignment and laboratory.
continuous beams
General Objective 7.0: Know Cast Glianos theorem and its application on to problems of deflection
of curved bars.
7.1 Calculate strain energy due to Ask students to derive Castiphanos

bending. theorem.
7.2 Prove Castighannos theorem. Guide students through worked
7
7.3 Apply Castiphanos theorem. examples
7.4 Solve problems related to
above.
99
General Objective 8.0: Know Castiplianos theorem and its application to problem of deflection of
curve bars
8.1 Calculate strain energy due to Guide students through worked

twisting examples
8 8.2 Apply theorem to 8.1 Grade and return graded
8.3 Solve problems related to 8.3 assignments and lab reports
above
General Objective 9.0: Know factors which affect load carrying capacity to columns
9.1 Define columns Guide students through worked

9.2 Explain the effect of shape, examples on related problems.
length and restraints on load Give assignment\homework.
carrying capacity of columns. Give Grade and return graded
mathematical relationships assignment and lab reports.
9.3 Calculate safe load on columns
9 loaded axially.
9.4 Differentiate between crushing
load and buckling load on columns.
9.5 Solve problems relating to
above topics.
9.6 Understand slenderness ratio of
columns/struts
General Objective 10.0: Know factors, which affect eccentrically loaded columns.
10.1 Calculate site load on columns Ask students to differentiate

loaded eccentrically. between safe axial load and safe
10.2 Derive the cosine equation for eccentric load.
eccentrically loaded columns. Guide students through worked
10 10.3 Solve problems related to examples
above. Give home work assignment for
students
Grade and return graded
assignment to students.
100
General Objective 11.0: Know the analysis of springs for different engineering applications.
11.1 Describe a close-coiled helical Ask students to draw and label the
spring. critical dimensions of a helical spring
11.2 Derive an expression for Guide students through worked
11 maximum shear stress in a close- examples.
coiled helical spring under axial load Grade and return graded
11.3 Calculate the axial deflection of assignment and lab reports.
a close-coiled helical spring.
General Objective 12.0: Know the analysis of springs for different engineering applications
12.1 Derive the expression for the Ask students to write term paper on
angular spring under axial load various modes of failure of
12.2 Discuss the following failure engineering materials
12 modes in engineering materials. Solve problems related to 11.1 to
a. Shock/impact 12.2
b. Fatigue
c. Creep
General Objective 13.0: Know the analysis of laminated (leaf) springs
13.1 Derive an expression for the Ask students to differentiate

stress in a laminated spring. between leaf and coiled spring.
13.2 Determine the proof load in a Give assignments related to
laminated spring. laminated springs.
13.3 Determine the maximum Grade and return graded
13
deflection for 13.2 assignment and lab reports.
13.4 Calculate the strain energy Assess
stored in a laminated spring.
13.5 Solve problems related to
laminated spring.
101
General Objective 14.0: Know theorems applicable to material failure in complex stress situations.
14.1 Understand maximum strain Ask students to state Class room

theory of St. Venant i. Maximum strain White board
14.2 Understand maximum theory of St. Venant Projection
principal/stress theorem of Rankine ii. Maximum Principal
14.3 Understand maximum shear stress theory of
stress theory of J.J. Guest Rankine
14 iii. Maximum shear
stress theory of
Guest
Apply 14.1, 14.2 & 14.3 to solve
related problems
Take students through a worked
example in each of the theorems.
General Objective 15.0: Know theorems applicable to modes of failure of materials
15.1 Understand Von Mises total Ask students to state Von Mises Classroom
distortion energy theorem. total distortion energy theorem. White board
15.2 Apply Von Mises total Take students through worked Projection
15 distortion energy theorem to predict examples on the application of the Slides
stability or otherwise in a combined theorem of 15.1
stress system. Give assignments related to above.
15.3 Solve problems related to 15.2
102
(OPTION)
Course: Strength of Materials II Course Code: MEC 322 Contact Hours: 2-0-2
General Objective
Week
1.1 Identify frame structures in models Demonstrate activities 1.1 Models of trusses
and in life-cranes, trusses, etc in to 1.3 for the students to Beam rake apparatus.
laboratory. learn and ask them to carry Tensile test equipment with
1.2 Perform laboratory experiment on the out the activities. digital read-out of load and
1-5 beam rake to confirm that summation of Assess the students deformation measurement.
vertical forces in body in equilibrium must
be equal to zero.
1.3 Determine experimentally various
strength and properties of materials.
2.0 Demonstrate skills on determination of torsion and stress
2.1 Perform experiment on Torsion of Demonstrate activities 2.1 Torsion testing

shaft and determine modulus of rigidity. to 2.3 for the students to Fatique testing material for
2.2 Determine longitudinal test on a learn and ask them to carry varying loads on specimen.
beam due to bending. out the activities.
6-9 2.3 Perform fatique test on some Assess students.
materials specimen
(a) Copper,
(b) Aluminium
(c) Steel
103
(OPTION)
3.0 Predict Structural stability of a beam from deflection point of view
3.1 Perform the following laboratory Demonstrate activities 3.1 Beam apparatus
experiment using the beam apparatus to 3.5 for the students to Continours Beam apparatus
(i) Verify the principle of learn and ask them to carry comprising beams of various
superposition out the activities. material, supports,
(ii) Verify the relationship Assess the students lead/extension meters
between deflection and Hardness testers preferably
load span, second with digital read-out.
moment of area and Lapping machine for
modules of elasticity. preparation of specimen
10 - 12 3.2 Perform experiment on the surface
continuous beam apparatus to determine Table monitor lathe
reactions at supports. Creep apparatus
3.3 Perform Hardness test on specified Consumable test
materials. specimens.
3.4 Perform laboratory experiment on
creep of lead specimens.
3.5 Perform laboratory experiment to
determine the fracture load using the
Impact Testing Machine.
4.0 Demonstrate factors that affect eccentrically loaded columns
4.1 Perform experiment using the stout Demonstrate activity 4.1 Strut test rig.
testing rig to determine creeping loads for for the students to learn
metallic structures when and practice
13 (a) Both ends are fixed Assess the students
(b) Both ends are free
(c) One end free and one
end fixed
104
(OPTION)
5.0 Demonstrate skills in the analysis of springs for engineering applications
5.1 Perform laboratory experiment to Demonstrate activities 5.1 Torsion and compression
determine various spring properties. to 5.3 for the students to springs of various sizes.
5.2 Perform laboratory experiment using learn and ask than to Various heights.
the spring apparatus to determine the perform all the activities. Dead height tester.
14 - 15 modulus of spring/ Creep demonstration rig
5.3 Perform laboratory experiment using Lead spring apparatus.
the leaf spring testing machine to study Model lead springs for
the behaviour of semi-elliptic leaf spring demonstration.
subjected to load.
105
Fluid Mechanics
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING -MANUFACTURING

(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
COURSE: FLUID MECHANICS Course code: MEC 323
4hrs/Wk

Week General Objective: 1.0 Understand the working principles and the use of different types of fluid flow
measuring devices
1.1 Explain the need for fluid flow Ask students to list some flow measurements
measurement (Review) device and explain their uses
1.2 Explain stagnation point, Ask students to explain lift and drag forces on
stagnation pressure and dynamic an Acvofol section and their effects
1 pressure in a fluid Develop an expression related to the
1.3 Define the coefficients of coefficients of the orifice
velocity contraction and discharge Ask students to develop an expression related
to the coefficients of the orifice and solve
problems related to it. Assess.
General Objective: 2.0: Understand the working principles and use of different types of fluid flow
measuring devices
2.1 Describe a flow nozzle Ask students sketch energy distribution

venturimeter with the aid of a diagrams for flow through nozzles and
sketch. venturimeter
2.2 Derive expressions for the
actual and ideal discharges through
2
a venturimeter, nozzle.
2.3 Obtain the expression for the
actual and ideal discharges through
an orifice meter, venturi and
nozzles.
106
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
4hrs/Wk
General Objective 3.0: Understand the working principles and use of different types of fluid flow
measuring devices
3.1 Describe a flow nozzle. Ask students to obtain an expression for the
3.2 Obtain an expression for the actual and ideal discharges through a flow
actual and ideal discharges through nozzle.
a flow nozzle. Ask students to define a notch
3 3.3 Define a notch. Ask students to describe rectangular and V-
3.4 Describe rectangular and V- notches.
notches. Ask students to describe a weir and determine
3.5 Describe a weir and determine its coefficient of discharge.
its coefficient of discharge
General Objective 4.0: Understand working principles and use of different types of fluid flow
measuring devices
4.1 Explain the use of notches and Ask students to explain the use of notches and
determine their Develop expressions for actual and ideal
4
coefficient of discharge. discharge through notches and weirs with first
4.2 Describe a suppressed weir and second approximations.
General Objective 5.0: Know the different types of flow in pipes and the parameters governing them
5.1 Derive an expression for the Ask students to derive an expression for the
head lost due to friction. head lost due to friction.
5.2 Explain the graph of Vs/Re for Ask students to explain the graph of Vs/Re for
5
pipe flows pipe flows.
5.3 Solve problems related to 2.1- Ask students to solve problems related to 2.1 -
2.6 above 2.6 above.
General Objective 6.0: Understand Channel Flow

6.1 Define an open channel flow Ask students to define an open channel flow
6.2 Identify the instances where Ask students to identify instances where open
open channel flow exists.
6 channel flow exists.
6.3 Explain the terms, wetted
perimeter (p) and hydraulic mean Ask students to explain the terms wetted
depth (m) perimeter (p) and hydraulic mean depth (m)
107
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
4hrs/Wk
General Objective 7.0: Understand the principles in Channel Flow
7.1 Develop Chazi formula for a Ask students to develop chazi formula for a
rectangular open channel rectangular open channel
7.2 State the formula for flow in Ask students to state the formula for flow in
7
channels channels
7.3 Determine the head lost due to Ask students to determine the head lost due to
friction in an open channel flow friction in an open channel flow.
General Objective 8.0: Understand the different types of flow in open channel and the parameters
governing them.
8.1 Derive the expression for the Ask students to derive the expression for the
friction factor friction factor
8.2 Solve simple problems related Ask students to solve simple problems related
to 3.7 above. to 3.7 above.
8
8.3 Determine the Reynolds Ask students to determine the Reynolds
number in a pipe flow number in a pipe flow
8.4 Calculate the friction loss along Ask students to calculate the friction loss along
pipes. pipes.
General Objective 9.0: Know the working principles of positive displacement and roto-dynamic
machines and their relative uses.
9.1 Classify hydraulic machines as Ask students to classify hydraulic machines as

positive displacement and rotor- positive displacement and rotor-dynamic
dynamic machines. machines
9.2 Give at least 3 examples for Ask students to give at least 3 examples for
each type of machines in 4.1 above each type of machines in 4.1 above.
9 9.3 Describe the main parts of Ask students to describe the main parts of
positive displacement and positive displacement and rotordynamic
rotordynamic machines machines
9.4 Explain the working principles Ask students to explain the working principles
of positive displacement and rotor- of positive displacement and rotor dynamic
dynamic machines machines.
108
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
4hrs/Wk
General Objectives: Understand the principles in reciprocating Pumps
10.1 Identify the merits and Ask students to identify the merits and
demerits of each type of machines. demerits of each type of machines
10.2 Draw the essential parts of a Ask students to draw the essential parts of a
reciprocating pump and explain its reciprocating pump and explain its working
working principles. principles.
10
10.3 Draw the PV diagram for a Ask students to draw PV diagram for a
reciprocating pump for a complete reciprocating pump for a complete working
working cycle. cycle.
10.4 Derive an expression for the Ask students to derive an expression for the
discharge from reciprocating pump. discharge form of a reciprocating pump
General Objective 11.0: Know the working principles of positive displacement and rotordynamic
11.1 Distinguish between single Ask students to distinguish between single

acting double acting simple cylinder acting double acting single cylinder and multi-
and multi-cylinder pumps cylinder pumps
11.2 Define the terms coefficient of Ask students to define coefficient of discharge
11
discharge and percentage slip. and percentage of slip
11.3 Draw the essential parts of a Ask students to draw the essential parts of a
centrifugal pump and explain its centrifugal pump and explain its working
working principles principle.
109
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
4hrs/Wk
General Objective 12.0: Know the working principles of Pumps
12.1 Discuss the various types of Ask students to discuss the various types of
centrifugal pumps. centrifugal pumps
12.2 Draw the velocity triangles for Ask students to draw the velocity triangles for
the inlet and outlet sides of the the inlet and outlet sides of the impeller
impeller Ask the students to explain the terms absolute
12.3 Explain the terms absolute velocity and relative velocity.
velocity and relative velocity. Ask students to develop an expression for
12.4 Develop an expression for the pump power.
12
work pump power Ask the students to explain the working
12.5 Explain the working principles principles of impulse and reaction turbines
of impulse and reaction turbines Ask students to describe the Pelton wheel and
12.6 Describe the pelton wheel and explain its working principle
explain its working principles Ask students to draw velocity triangles and
12.7 Draw the velocity triangles derive for the power of pelton wheel
and derive and expression for the
power of pelton wheel
General Objective 13.0: Know the working principles of positive displacement and rotordynamic
13.1 Draw the velocity triangles Ask student to draw the velocity triangles and
and derive an expression for the also derive an expression for the power
power developed by a reaction developed by a reaction wheel.
wheel Ask students to define unit speed, unit
13.2 Define unit speed, unit
discharge unit power and specific speed for
discharge unit power and specific
hydraulic machines Develop expressions related
speed for hydraulic machines.
to the terms in 4.2 above
13 13.3 Solve problems related to 14.3
Ask students to develop expression related to
above.
13.4 Explain the following the terms in 4,21 above
phenomena in fluid flow Ask students to solve problems related to 4.21

13.5 Press surge, water hammer, above.
cavitation Ask students to describe a surge tank
13.6 Explain the effects of
problems of and their prevention
110
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
4hrs/Wk
General Objective 14.0: Know the working principles of positive displacement and rotor dynamic
14.1 Conduct load tests on Ask students to conduct load tests on

reciprocating pump and analyse reciprocating pump and analyse the results.
the results. Ask student conduct load test on pelton wheel.
14.2 Conduct load tests on Ask students to conduct load test on a Francis
centrifugal pump and analyse the wheel.
14
results.
14.4 Conduct load test on pelton
wheel
14.5 Conduct load test on a Francis
wheel

(OPTION)
Course: FLUID MECHANICS Course Code: MEC 323 Contact Hours: 2-0-2
General Objective 1.0 Understand the working Principles and use of different types of fluid flow
Week
1.1 Determine the coefficient of Ask the student to obtain actual and Orifice meter
orifice and venturimeter ideal discharges through an orifice Venturi meter
experimentally and solve problems meter, vanturi and nozzles Flow nozzles
1-3 related to them. experimentally. V-Nortches
1.2 Carry out experiments to Solve problems of practical use in the (rectangular & V-
measure fluid flow using rectangular fluid flow measuring devices by using notche)
and v-notches. first and second approximation.
2.0 Know the working Principles of Pumps
2.1 Conduct load tests on Ask the students to compare the Reciprocuring
reciprocating Pump and analyse the result. In terms of unit speed, unit Pumps
4-6 results. discharge, unit Power and Specific Centrifugal Pumps.
2.2 Conduct load tests on centrifugal Speed.
Pump and analyse the results.
111
(OPTION)
Course: FLUID MECHANICS Course Code: MEC 323 Contact Hours: 2-0-2
General Objective 1.0 Understand the working Principles and use of different types of fluid flow
Week
3.0 Know the working Principles of Rotar dynamic machines and their relative use
3.1 Carryout load test on Pelton and Ask the students to draw the velocity Model of reaction
7-14 Francis Wheels and analyse the triangles and also drive an expression wheel.
results. for the Power developed by the Wheels.
112
Metal Forming and Heat Treatment

(OPTION)
COURSE: METAL FORMING AND HEAT CONTACT HOURS:

Course code: mem321
TREATMENT 6HRS/WK
General Objective 1.0: Definition and classification of heat treatment
1.1 Define heat treatment Ask the students to prepare TT TT wall charts for
1.2 Understand the TT and its application courses for given compositions some metals.
to heat Treatment. Ask the students to list conditions
1.3 Classify Heat treatment into (i) those or situation where heat treatment is
1 involving bulk solid-state changes in required
materials (ii) those involving surface Ask students to classify annealing,
changes in material. carbonizing martenpering etc into
1.4 Explain the engineering situations heat treatment types in 1.3.
where each of 1.3 above is used.
General Objective 2.0: Heat treatment processes involving bulk solid-state changes.

2.1 Use phase diagram to understand Ask students to describe solid- Iron-carbon
solid - state changes in material state changes irons-carbon diagram
2.2 Use the TT diagram for steel to
diagram. TT diagrams
describe (i) annealing and its applications
Ask students to use TT diagram to Heat treatment
(ii) full annealing and its applications (iii)
sub- critical annealing (iv) isothermal describe annealing full annealing Furnace
annealing (v) stress-relief annealing (vi) sub-critical annealing and low or medium
homogenizing annealing (vii) isothermal annealing carbon steel, pieces
austempering and martempering) Ask students to carry out specific bars or rods.
2.3 Explain the effect of the various heat
heat treatments e.g. relief anneal or Joining End-
treatments in 2.3 on the structure and
1-2 case hardening on some carbon Quenching test
properties of steels
steels apparatus.
2.4 Explain the term hardenability
2.5 Describe quenching and tempering Ask students to explain the Water
treatments. concept of hardernability Oil
2.6 Describe the Joining- End- Quench Ask students to explain the Ash.
Test concept of hardenability
2.7 Explain the term limiting ruling section
Ask students to explain quenching
2.8 Describe different types of quenching
and tempering treatments
media
2.9 Use TT curved to select suitable Ask students to select quenching
quenching media media with the aid of TT curves.
113
(OPTION)

Course code: mem321
TREATMENT 6HRS/WK
General Objective 3.0: Heat treatment involving surface changes
3.1 Classify and describe localized thermal Ask students to describe flame
treatments (i) flame hardening (ii) induction hardening induction hardening
hardening (iii) laser hardening (iv) electron laster hardening and electron beam
beam hardening. hardening.
3.2 Describe the following thermo Ask students to describe
chemical treatments(i) carburizing (ii) carburising, carbonitriading nitriding
carbonitriading (iii) austenitic and nitrocarburization.
3
nitrocarburising (iv) nitriding (v) ferritic Ask students to explain the roles
nitrocarburising. of solid liquid plasma arc on heat
3.3 Explain how the treatments in 3.2 can treatments.
be carried out in the following media: solid,
liquid, gas, vacuum and plasma arc glow
discharge pointing out their advantages
and disadvantages.
General Objective 4.0: Selection of heat treatment furnaces
4.1 List and describe fuels for healing Ask students list type of fuels used Electric muffle
furnaces in heating furnaces furnace.
4.2 State the advantages and Ask students to list out the
disadvantages of various fuels listed in 4.1 advantages and disadvantages of
4.3 Describe types of heat treatment fuel listed 4.1
4 furnaces (i) batch and continuous, direct Ask students to explain the
and indirect (iii) forced air differences between various heat
4.4 circulation (iv) liquid bath (v) fluidised treatment furnaces
beds (vi) vacuum Ask students to describe the
4.5 State the advantages and heating methods in a number of
disadvantages of each furnace listed in 4.3 heat treatment furnaces.
114
(OPTION)

Course code: mem321
TREATMENT 6HRS/WK
General Objective 5.0: Heat treatment of non-ferrous metals
5.1 Explain the structural and property Ask students to list structural and Aluminum silicon
changes of aluminum alloys to heat property changes that heat alloy bars
treatment. treatment confers on aluminum Aluminum copper
5.2 List the engineering applications of alloys alloys bar
heat-treated aluminum alloys. Ask students to list structural and High purity
5
5.3 Explain the structural and property property changes that heat aluminum bars
changes of copper alloys due to heat treatment confer on copper alloys. Copper tin alloys
treatment Ask students to list engineering Copper zinc
5.4 List the engineering properties of heat- properties of heat-treated copper alloys.
treated copper alloys. alloys.
General Objective: 6.0 Deformation of Metals
6.1 Distinguish between not and cold Ask students to explain what is Rolling mill
working processes. meant by hot working processes Forging machine,
6.2 Explain hot and cold working Ask students to explain when how heating furnace,
processes working is done and when cold ferrous and non
6.3 Describe the mechanism of plastic working is done.
deformation using the slip theory. Ask students to explain in
6.4 Explain the effect of 6.2 on the mechanism of plastic deformation.
6 structure and mechanical properties of Ask students to explain the
materials. mechanism of plastic deformation
Ask students to identify the plastic
deformation zone in the stress-
strain-of a ductile metal.
Ask students to compare structure
and mechanical properties of cold
worked and hot worked materials.
115
(OPTION)

Course code: mem321
TREATMENT 6HRS/WK
General Objective 7.0: Hot working processes
7.1 List various hot working processes Ask students to distinguish ferrous bar
7.2 Describe the following hot working between rolling forging and
processes (a) rolling of plate or sheet (b) extrusion
forging and drop forging (c) extrusion of Ask students to list the products to
solid and hollow sections list the products of rolling, forging
7
7.3 Explain the applications of processes and extrusion
in 7.2 Ask students to compare the
mechanical properties conferred on
worked sample. By forging, rolling
and extrusion
General Objective 8.0: Cold working processes
8.1 Describe the various cold working Ask students to explain what is Draw bench,
processes (a) drawing of wire and tubes meant by cold working rolling mill
(b) rolling of plate, sheet or strip (c) Ask students to describe wire and Heat treatment
spinning and flow turning (d) heading (e) tube drawing, plate sheet and strip furnace
rolling spinning and coining.
coining and embossing
Ask students to state the
8.2 Explain the stages in drawing a typical
mechanics of deformation in rolling
component (Cup)
wire and tube drawing and coining
8.3 State the products for which each of
Ask students to describe the set-
the processes in 8.1 are suitable. up for deep drawing
8 8.4 Describe the annealing of cold worked Ask students to explain the
materials deformation processes in deep
8.5 State the structural changes which drawing.
occur during annealing of a cold worked Ask students to describe the
material structural changes that occur when
8.6 Explain the phenomenon of grain cold worked material is annealed
Ask students to explain recovery
growth during re-crystalli- zalion
crystallization and grain growth
8.7 Compare advantages and
Ask students to list the merits and
disadvantages of hot working and cold
demerits of hot and cold working.
working
116
(OPTION)

Course code: mem321
TREATMENT 6HRS/WK
General Objective 9.0: Reasons for the control of variables in heat treatment
9.1 Explain the process variable in heat Ask students to explain the terms
treatment (a) heating rate (b) mode of heat heating rate, mode of heat transfer,
transfer (c) soaking temperature and time soaking temperature soaking time,
(d) cooling rate (e) furnace atmosphere cooling rate and furnace
9.2 Classify controlled atmosphere temperature as used in heat
applications into protective and chemically treatment
active. Ask students to explain the
9.3 Describe the physic chemical differences between a controlled
principles of controlled atmospheres with atmosphere that is protective and a
9 - 11 respect to (a) oxidation control (b) controlled atmosphere that is
carburisation or decarburisation control (c) chemically active.
nitrogen potential control Ask students to explain the
9.4 Describe atmosphere generation from processes of oxidation
(a) exothermic source (b) stripped carbonization and nitrogen-potential
exothermic source (c) endothermic from control.
propane and from natural gas. Ask students to discuss the
various methods of atmosphere
generation from propane and
natural gas.
General Objective 10.0: Origin and control of heat treatment defects.
10.1 Explain the origin of the following Ask students to list defects that
defects (a) distortion and warpage (b) many occur during and after heat
cracking (c) surface scale and/or treatment.
contamination (d) grain growth, (e) Ask students to identify the defects
12 Blistering (f) insufficient hardness or soft and explain their origin.
spots.
10.2 State the defects in 10.1.
10.3 Explain the control of the defects in
10.1
117
(OPTION)

Course code: mem321
TREATMENT 6HRS/WK
General Objective 11.0: Powder metallurgy
11.1 Describe the different methods of Ask students to list the various Various metal
metal powder preparation methods of metal powder powder samples
11.2 Describe the different methods of production e.g. reduced iron.
achieving powder specifications e.g. Ask students to explain the Atomized
chemistry particle size and shape. sintering process. magnesium etc.
11.3 Describe the process of powder Ask students to explain how
compaction reduction of surface energy will
11.4 Explain the effect of binders on the occur during the sintering process.
ease of handing of green compacts. Ask students to list reasons why
11.5 Describe isostatic pressing. components are made by powder
13 - 15 11.6 Explain the effect of binders on the metallurgy
ease of handling of green compact.
11.7 Describe the sintering process.
11.8 Explain the phenomenon of surface
energy reductions during sintering.
11.9 Describe the processes that lead to
the reduction of surface energy
11.10 List the advantages of powder
metallurgy
11.11 List the limitations of powder
metallurgy
118
(OPTION)
Course: METAL FORMING & HEAT

Course Code: MEM 321 Contact Hours: 2-0-4
TREATMENT
General Objective
Week
1.1 Select appropriate heat Demonstrate activities 1.1 to Steel Materials

treatments for a range of steels in 1.2 for the students to learn and
application. ask them to perform the
1-5 1.2 Carry out Specific heat treatments activities.
e.g. relief anneal or case hardening,
quenching and tempering on some
carbon steel.
2.0 Demonstrate skills in furnaces selection and heat treatment of non-ferrous metals
2.1 Identify different furnaces used on Demonstrate activities 2.1 to Electric muffle furnace
heat treatment and demonstrate its 2.2 for the students to learn and
6 - 10 use. allow them to practice
2.2 Carryout treatment processes in
selected non-ferrous metal materials.
3.0 Demonstrate skills in hot and cold working processes, and identify heat treatment defects
3.1 Identify and demonstrate the Demonstrate activities 3.1 to

procedure in hot and cold working 3.2 for the students to learn and
11 processes. ask to carryout the activities.
3.2 Identify the defects of heat Assess the students.
treatment and its origin.
4.0 Demonstrate Skills in Powder Metallurgy processes
4.1 Identify and demonstrate the Demonstrate activities 4.1 to Various metal powder
methods of metal powder preparation. 4.3 for the students to learn and samples. E.g. reduced iron,
4.2 Demonstrate the process of ask them to perform all the Atomized magnesium, etc.
12-15
powder compaction. activities.
4.3 Demonstrate the sintering
process.
119
Joining and Fabrication Process

(OPTION)
Course: JOINING AND FABRICATION CONTACT HOURS:

MEC 322
PROCESS 2HRS/WK
COURSE SPECIFICATION: Theoretical Content
General Objective 1.0: METAL JOINING PROCESSES
WEEK SPECIFIC LEARNING OUTCOME TEACHERS ACTIVITIES RESOURCES
1.1 Define weldability of metals. Ask the students to state the metals Recommended text
1.2 Describe soldering, brazing and and thickness that can be brazed, books
welding soldered or welded. Lecture notes
1.3 State the applications of the Ask the students to identify objects Chalkboard
processes in 1.2. with adhesive bonding in the Chalk.
1.4 State the factors that affect the classroom Drilling machine,
strengths of joints produced by the That the students identify situating drill bits, rivet guns,
processes in 1.2. when riveting is preferred to welding rivets.
1
1.5 Describe adhesive bonding Select for different rivet sizes, the
1.6 List bonding materials size of matching drill bit.
1.7 State the application of adhesive
bonding materials in 1.6
1.8 List different rivet types
1.9 Describe riveting
1.10 Determine the number of rivets
required for a given joint
120
(OPTION)

MEC 322
PROCESS 2HRS/WK
General Objective 2.0: Electric Arc Welding
2.1 Describe correctly the Ask the students to prepare safety Welding machine,
characteristics of AC welding precautions for connecting welding electrodes
transformer, rectifiers and the D.C machines
welding generators Ask the students to document the
2.2 Explain the functions of a procedures for operating a welding
rectifiers straight and reverse polarity machine
2.3 Differentiate between A.C and The following issues most be
D.C. welding machines. highlighted
2.4 Compare the advantages and Storage conditions for electrodes.
disadvantages of machine types in 2-
2 3
2.5 Correctly state the materials used
for electrode coating and their
functions.
2.6 Solve problems associated with
welding in various positions and how
to counter them.
2.7 Correctly list the various weld
joints and how to prepare them.
2.8 Describe the procedure for multi-
run welds.
121
(OPTION)

MEC 322
PROCESS 2HRS/WK
General Objective 3.0: Equipment for Gas welding and cutting
3.1 Describe the operations of (a) Ensure that the students: Learn how Oxy-acetylene sets -
welding regulator (b) welding to maintain nozzles they should 5
prepare exploded views of the nozzle.
blowpipe (c) cutting blowpipe. Flash gas lighter
Are conversant with the oxygen and
3.2 Describe the procedure for Steel rule
acetylene valves.
lighting the welding torch and closing. Master the configuration of the Try-squart.
3.3 State the applications of different acetylene generator. MIG and MAG
3
types of flames Expose the students to the practices welding set
3.4 State different cutting nozzles and problems of cutting various TIG welding set.
thickness of metal.
3.5 State welding nozzles (sizes) for
They should note that think-sheets
various material thicknesses.
tend to distort when flame-cut.
Ascertain the maximum thickness
that can be gas welded.
General Objective 4.0: Special welding Processes

4.1 State the types of gases used for Ask the students to state situations
shielded gas arc welding their areas and materials that requires sub
of application and their effect on
merged arc welding
welds.
4
4.2 Describe the principles of
operation of a submerged arc welding
4.3 State the equipment and filler
materials used in 4.4.
General Objective 5.0: Welding, non - ferrous metals, cast iron and stainless Steel

5.1 Explain the problems involves in Students should establish the proper
welding copper and its alloys procedures of wedding various non-
5.2 Describe the problems involved in terms metals. They should observe
welding aluminum and its alloys common practices in local workshops
5.3 State the procedure for fusion and compare with established
5
welding of cast iron and stainless
technology
steel.
Students should establish the best
5.4 Describe other methods of
methods of cutting stainless steel
welding cast iron other than fusion
sheets.
welding
122
(OPTION)

MEC 322
PROCESS 2HRS/WK
General Objective 6.0: Weld Defects
6.1 Know the various types of weld

defects and their causes.
6.2 Describe the following types of
weld defects (i) distortion (ii) lack of
penetration (iii) slag inclusion (iv)
undercutting cracks (v) lack of fusion
blow holes
6.3 Explain the nature and causes of
distortion
6.4 Explain and list methods of
6 eliminating distortion and cracking by
means of the skip and step back
methods, pre and post heating
peening welding from free to fixed
zone etc
6.5 Describe correct weld profiles and
dimensions
6.6 Explain the reasons for dressing
welds.
6.7 Explain the concept of stress
relief in weld merits.
General Objective 7.0: Weld symbols and specifications
7.1 Identify various weld symbols and Students should be given standard
interpret them. drawing of varies weldments to
7.2 Specify welds in drawings interpret them in terms of welding
7
7.3 Design and determine suitable requirements.
weld joints. Make students prepare welding
procedures for different designs.
123
(OPTION)

MEC 322
PROCESS 2HRS/WK
General Objective 8.0: Machines used in fabrication

8.1 Explain shearing Ask the students to state the correct Profile cutting
8.2 Explain the working principles machine to use for a given purpose. machine
and uses of the following cutting
Bending other
machines (a) guillotine (b) nibbling
Spinning machine
machine (c) cropping machine (d)
shearing machine (e) sawing Foot operated.
machine
limitations of the machines in 8.2
9.1 Explain bending action Ask the students to study the load
9.2 Explain the working principle of transfer mechanisms of the various
form machines (a) fly - press (b) machines.
hydraulic press (c) press brake (d) Assign the students to state the
folding machines (e) rolling machine correct machines to use for a specific
(f) bending rolls application
9.3 Describe the various operations Ask the student to explain a flow
carries out on the above machine (a) process and productions specifications
bending (b) edge curving (c) for carrying out any of the operator.
straightening (d) bottoming folding (f)
rolling of sheet and plate materials
9.4 State the advantage and
limitations of the machines in 9.2.
General Objective 10.0: Stiffening of metal sheets and plates
10.1 Explain stiffening in fabrication. Let the students identify various

10.2 State reasons for stiffening components around them that have
10.3 Describe the following methods been stifferred
of stiffen sheet metal (a) wired edge Students should prepare a step-by-
(b) folded edge (c) swaging step procedure of stiffening by wire
10.4 Describe the following methods edge, folded edge and swaging.
of stiffening plates and structural
members (a) web stiffening (b)
troughring (c) channeling (d) ribbing
124
(OPTION)

MEC 322
PROCESS 2HRS/WK
General Objective 11.0: Marking out
11.1 Explain the importance of The students should carry out Basic marking out
marking out profiles in fabrication. exercises on cardboard on variousl tools.
11.2 Describe the concept of material problem connected with marking out.
economy in marking out profiles from
sheet metal or plates.
11.3 Correctly set out the procedure
for mark - out profiles of (i) cone (ii)
frustum of a curve (iii) rectangular
vessel (iv) rectangular vessel with
folded edge.
General Objective 12.0: Intersections
12.1 Explain the concept of Students should use card board to

intersections of hollow vessels or mark out intersection profits.
solids.
12.2 Mark out the intersection profiles
of (i) two cylinders at right angles (ii)
one cylinder at angle of 60o to the
other.

(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 2-
Course: JOINING AND FABRICATION PROCESS Course Code: MEC 322
0-4
General Objective
Week
1.1 Identify situation where riveting is
preferred to welding
1.2 Select for different rivet sizes, the size of
matching drill bit.
1.3 Carryout riveting operation.
125
(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 2-
Course: JOINING AND FABRICATION PROCESS Course Code: MEC 322
0-4
General Objective
Week
2.0 Demonstrate skills in welding operations

2.1 Identify joints to be welded Demonstrate activities 2.1 to 2.5 Oxy-acetylene
2.2 Carry out joint preparation for the students to learn and ask sets (5)
2.3 Select welding nozzles sizes for various
them to carryout the activities. Flash gas lighter
material thickness
Assess the students. Steel rule try-
1-7 2.4 Identify and demonstrate the procedures
for welding various ferrous and non-ferrous square.
metals. MIG and MAG
2.5 Identify weld defects and ways of welding set
remedying them. TIG welding set.
3.0 Demonstrate skills in fabrication using metal sheets and plates

3.1 Identify and demonstrate the operations Demonstrate activities 3.1 to 3.4 Profile cutting
of the machines used in shearing and for the students to learn and ask machine
bending operations such as)
them to perform all the activities. Bending other
- guillotine, nibbling
Assess the students. Spinning
machine, cropping, shearing
and sawing machines. machine
- Fly- press, hydraulic press, Foot operated
press brake, folding, rolling guilostine roller.
and bending machines. Basic marking
3.2 Demonstrate a step by step procedure of
out tools.
stiffening by wise edge, folded edge and
swaging.
8 - 15 3.3 Demonstrate the procedure for mark out
profiles of
(i) Cone
(ii) Frustum
(iii) Rectangular vessel
(iv) Rectangular vessel with
folded edge.
3.4 Demonstrate the mark out of intersection
profiles of
(i) two cylinders at right
angles
(ii) one cylinder at angle of
60 to the other.
126
Foundry Technology and Practice

(OPTION)
COURSE: FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY & CONTACT HRS 4 PER

CODE: MEM 323
PRACTICE WEEK
General Objective 1.0: Know the range of materials for pattern making their relative cost and
Week properties
1.1 List materials for pattern making Ask students to identify Recommended text
1.2 List the properties required of pattern common pattern materials books, lecture notes
materials Ask students to list properties Chalk
1.3 State pattern materials an the basis of required of pattern materials Chalkboard
1
Ask students to company
overall economic advantage and optimum
various pattern materials in
performance
terms of properties economic
advantage and performance
General Objective 2.0: Know common methods of pattern making
Week Specific Learning Outcome Teachers Activities Resources
2.1 Describes the preparation of pattern Ask students to identify tools Various pattern
from solid materials and mechanics for wood materials pattern
2.2 Describe by means of diagrams the working making tools and
following pattern construction: thin frames Ask students to describe by machines
segmental and lagged patterns
diagram thin frames segmental
2 2.3 Describe the various methods of
and lagged patterns
determine the position of lighting and
Ask students to describe how
supporting joints
supporting joints are
2.4 Describe the methods of joining pattern
materials by adhesives, soldering, brazing positioned.
metal fastening and welding.

General Objective 3.0: Know the application and the different types of patterns
3.1 State the application of the types of Ask students to state (1)
pattern equipment types of pattern equipment (2)
3.2 Describe the different types of patterns: their applications
rose patterns split patterns, skeleton Ask students to describe the
3
patterns cope and drag patterns, match various types of patterns
plates in hard wood and metal Ask students to identify their
3.3 State the application of various patterns advantages and
in 3.2 disadvantages
127
(OPTION)

CODE: MEM 323
PRACTICE WEEK
General Objective 4.0: Know the properties of silica sand and other refractory materials
4.5 Explain the effects of heat upon Ask students to say what
refractoriness and expansion characteristics they understand by
of silica sand refractoriness
4.6 State the advantages of using: Zirconite, Ask students to describe the
4
chromite and other refractory materials in effects of heat on silica sand.
preference to silica sand for mould and core Ask students to give the
production advantages of zirconite,
chromite etc over silica sand.
General Objective 5.0: Understand the effects of day and other additives to moulding sand
5.1 Explain the influence of the following Ask students to explain the
types of day on the moulding properties of influence of day type binders
day banded sand: Montmorillonite, on properties of moulding sand
bentonite, kaodinite, hydromica, polymineral Ask students to give reasons
clays, in naturally banded sands for the use of additives in day
5.2 State the effects of heat on day bonded banded moulding sands.
5
sands as in 5.1
5.3 Illustrate the effects of dead burnt clay
bond on mould materials.
5.4 State and explain the reasons for adding
coal, pitch, oil, flour, dextrin and starch to
day banded moulding sands.
128
(OPTION)

CODE: MEM 323
PRACTICE WEEK
General Objective 6.0: Know mould and core making operations
6.1 Explain the following: (a) bedding in (b) Ask students to explain how Moulding machine
parting down (c) mould reinforcement. bedding in, parting down and flask
6.2 Describe the following: (a) ramming re-inforcement in moulding is
boards (b) odd sides (c) floor boards (d) done
sloping pieces Ask students to: (1) identify
6.3 Describe snap flasks slip flasks and ramming boards odd sides
special moulding boxes floor boards etc. (2) explain
6.4 Describes the following (i) position of their uses
joint (ii) construction of pattern (iii) loose Ask students to: (1) identify
pieces (iv) core prints (v) core covers (vi) snap flasks, slip flask, etc(ii)
cone prints (vii) stopping off pieces (viii) explain how they are used
6 template (ix) part-patterns. Ask students to describe
6.5 Describe methods of pattern and methods of pattern and
moulding box alignment moulding box alignment.
6.6 Explain the use of single and double Ask students to: (1) identify
sited pattern plate (in metal and other single and double-sided
materials) and stripping plates. pattern plates, etc. (2) state
6.7 Describe the following moulding their uses.
machines: jolting machines, sand slinger, Ask students to (1) identify
squeezes, jolt-squeeze machines, roll-over the moulding machines (2)
machines, pattern draw machines silicate Operate them
and chemical hardening dispensing
machine.
129
(OPTION)

CODE: MEM 323
PRACTICE WEEK
General Objective 7.0: Know the criteria in the use of cupola and electric arc furnaces
7.1 Review principle types of melting Ask students to describe the

furnaces operation of the common
foundry melting units]
7.2 Explain factors including causes that
Ask students to produce a
influence the choice of melting furnaces
diagram of the cupola
7.3 Describe with diagrams the methods of Ask students to explain the
heating and controlling the blast in a hot necessity of oxygen
7 blast cupola enrichment of the blast.
7.4 State the functions of the electrodes in Ask students to produce a
diagram of the lay out
an arc furnace.
Ask students to distinguish
7.5 Explain the necessity for water cooling
between consumable and non-
in arc furnaces
consumable electrodes
Ask students to describe the
chemistry behind arc creation.
General Objective 8.0: Understand the structure and properties of cast iron
8.1 Draw and describe the iron carbon Ask students to: (1) Draw the
equilibrium diagram iron carbon equilibrium
8.2 Classify cast iron. diagram (2) annotate it
8.3 Describe the structure of white cast iron completely.

Ask students to distinguish
illustrating the main features
between white and grey cast
8.4 Describe the structure of Grey cast iron
iron
illustrating the main features
Ask students to say what
8.5 Explain the reasons for the structural
they understand by malleable
8 difference between white and grey cast cast iron.
irons by reference to phase diagram. Ask students to explain how
8.6 Discuss the properties and give grey and white cast irons are
examples of uses of each category of cast produced.
iron. Ask students to compare the
properties
Ask students to: (I) Compare
their properties(ii) state their
use
130
(OPTION)

CODE: MEM 323
PRACTICE WEEK
General Objective 9.0: Know the factors affecting the characteristics of steels
9.1 State the effects of composition on Ask students to explain the

casting temperature of plain carbon and low effect of temperature on mould
alloy steels and core materials.
9.2 Describe how costing temperatures of Ask students to describe the
steels affect the properties of mould and basic elements of the gating
their materials system.
9 9.3 Describe the running and feeding Ask students to explain the
system necessary for plain carbon and low use of riser, position in the
alloy steels. mould, etc.
Ask students to:(i) list the
basic heat treatment
procedures and(ii) describe
them
General Objective 10.0: Understand the principles of casting non-ferrous alloys
10.1 State the common effects of gas ask students to: (I) list the
content in aluminum alloys common gas defects and(ii)
10
state methods of controlling
them
General Objective 11.0: Understand fettling
11.1 Describe the methods for removing Ask students to (I) list the
surplus metal from casting. common finishing fettling tools
11
11.2 Isolate waste from re-cycle materials. and machines(ii) state their
uses.
131
(OPTION)

CODE: MEM 323
PRACTICE WEEK
General Objective 12.0: Understand modern methods of production

12.1 Explain universal or rotary table Ask students to: (I) Describe
moulding machines. the machining(ii) explain how
12.2 Describe conveyor type automatic
they work
moulding lines to produce small or medium
size castings.
12.3 Draw and explain metal pattern plates necessity for automation.
12 and master pattern plates Ask the students to describe
12.4 Explain slip flask moulding and the use slip flask moulding
of automatic flask-less moulding machines Ask students to list the
of a high productive capacity.
advantages of flaskless
12.5 Describe automatic lines which make
moulding over flask moulding
flask less moulds with a vertically extending
parting
General Objective 13.0: Understand machine core making
13.1 Explain the goal of using core making Ask students to explain the
machines importance of core making
machines
13 13.2 Describe core jarring machines
Ask students to sketch and
13.3 Sketch and describes core blowers.
describe core blower and are
jarring machines
General Objective 14.0: Understand special production processes and their economic considerations
14.1 Describe centrifugal casting Ask students to (I) describe

14.2 Describe investment casting (lost-wax centrifugal casting(ii) state the
process) advantages and
14.3 Describe die casting disadvantages

Ask students to: (I) describe
14.4 Describe shell moulding
investment.(ii) state its
14 14.5 Describe CONCAST
advantages and
14.6 Explain economic considerations of the
disadvantages.
various processes.
Ask students to explain when
special casting processes and
selected over hand moulding
procedures
132
(OPTION)

CODE: MEM 323
PRACTICE WEEK
General Objective: 15.0 Determine the clay content of a clay-banded moulding sand.
15.1 Explain castings using sand moulds Ask students to explain clay Clay bonded moulding
containing varying amounts of additives. content of clay - banded sand,
15.2 Explain moulds using different moulding sand. Standard jar
moulding technique Ask students to explain the Melting furnace,
15.3 Explain cores using core boxes. design pattern for a given patterns Additives.
15.4 Calculate necessary alloy additions to component drawing. Core sand
adjust the composition of non ferrous metals Core boxes.
and then melt and carry out alloying. Pattern material shrink
15.5 Design patterns for sand moulding. rate.
Pattern making tools.

(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
Course: FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY & PRACTICE Course Code: MEM 323
1-1-2
General Objective
Week
1.1 Select pattern materials on the basis of overall Demonstrate activities 1.1 to Various pattern
economic advantage and optimum performance. 1.4 for the students to learn materials.
1.2 Carryout the production of pattern from solid and ask to carryout all the Pattern working
materials. activities. tools and
1.3 Demonstrate the effects of dead burnt clay on Assess the students machines.
1-5 mould materials. Moulding
1.4 Identify and operate the following moulding machine flask.
machines - jolting machine, sand slinger,
squeezes, jolt-squeeze machines, roll-over
machines, pattern draws machines, silicate and
chemical hardening dispensing machine.
133
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
Course: FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY & PRACTICE Course Code: MEM 323
1-1-2
General Objective
Week
2.0 Identify the furnaces used in foundry
2.1 Demonstrate the general layout of an arc Demonstrate for the students
6-7 furnace including equipment and plant. to learn and ask them to
perform the activity.
3.0 Demonstrate skills in the determination of clay content of a clay-bond sand
3.1 Produce castings using sand moulds containing Demonstrate activities 3.1 to Clay bond
varying amounts of additives. 3.5 for the students to learning moulding
3.2 Produce moulds using different moulding and ask them to carry out the Standard jar
techniques. activities. Melting furnace,
3.3 Produce cores using core boxes. pattern
3.4 Calculate necessary alloy additions to adjust Additives
the composition of non-ferrous metals and then Core sand
melt and carry out alloying. Core boxes
3.5 Design patters for sand moulding. Pattern material
shrink rate.
Pattern making
tools.
134
Metrology

(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
COURSE: METROLOGY Course Code: MEM 411
3HRS/Week
General Objective: 1.0 Know the fundamentals of measurement

Week
1.1 Describe workshop standards of length Ask students to explain the Comparator, Limit
1.2 List the sub-divisions of standard of length fundamentals of measurement gauges, Steel rule,
1.3 Discuss the sub-divisions in 1.1 and give the standards of Dynamometer,
length Thermometer,
Thermocouple
1
Pyrometer, Chalk,
Chalkboard, Vernier
caliper,
Beuch testing
centres
General Objective 2.0: Understand the types and sources of errors
2.1 Describe the types of errors commonly Ask students to explain

found in engineering measurement common sources of error and
2.2 Identify sources of errors in measurement how to over-come them
such as equipment errors, operational
2
interference, installation.
2.3 Explain means of over-coming errors
mentioned in 2.1 above.
2.4 Describe (drunken thread).
General Objective 3.0: Understand the constructional details of simple measuring instruments
2.4 Explain the principles construction and Ask students to draw and
operation of the following (a) dynamometer explain the details of simple
(b) bourdon tube manometers (c) measuring instruments
3 thermometer, pyrometer, thermocouple etc. Ask students to explain with
aid of diagrams the operation
of dynamometer bourdon tube
manometer etc.
135
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
3HRS/Week
General Objective: 4.0 Understand the concept of quality, the importance and organization of quality
control

4.1 Explain quality control and related Ask students to: Chalk, Chalkboard,
terminologies: durability, reliability Explain quality control using Lecture note
interchangeability
the right terms.
4.2 Explain the measurement/testing of the
Ask students to describe how
parameters in 1.1.
4.3 State the scope and objectives of quality to quantify quality control
control and explain the work of the quality Ask students to list the work
4 control department in a firm. of the quality control
4.4 List the stages of the production process department
and explain the influence of each on the
overall quality of a product.
production process affects
4.5 List the factors that affect the quality of a
quality and relate this to cost.
product
4.6 Explain the relationship between quality
and cost (of a product)
General Objective 5.0: Understand the control of quality through specification of dimensions of
machines elements and sub-assembly (at design stage)
5.1 State importance of interchangeability of Ask students to explain Chalk

machine parts and elements with respect to specifications as it relate to Chalk board
the quality of a product. dimensioning of machine
5.2 State the necessity of imposition of elements and sub-assemblies.
tolerance on the size of elements. Ask students to give
5.3 Present graphically the position of appropriate tolerance on
tolerance in relation to zero line for various certain sizes of machine
fundamental deviations. elements.
5-6
5.4 State the meaning of basic hole and Ask students to explain basic
basic shaft and present their tolerance hole and basic shaft and
zones in graphical form. show their tolerances zones
5.5 Explain the notion of fit between two graphically
mating parts (shaft and hole) Ask students to draw and
5.6 Calculate the maximum and minimum explain the notations for fit and
clearance and interference for various fits. show it on two mating parts
(shaft and hole)
136
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
3HRS/Week
General Objective 5.0: Understand the control of quality through specification of dimensions of
machines elements and sub-assembly (at design stage)
5.7 Distinguish between three types of fits Ask students to explain fits
and give their examples in graphical form. and differentiate between Hole
5.8 Explain the different between Hole Basic basic and Shaft basic fits
and Shaft basis fits graphically.
5.9 Present graphically 2.8 Ask students to illustrate the
5.10 Outline the main features of the ISO ISO system method for
system for limits and fits. describing limits and fits.
5.11 Explain why and on what principles that Ask students to explain
vast number of possible ways to produce fits standards of fits.
(combination of all holes with each shaft) has Ask students to give
been constrained in practical standards to examples of when Hole basic
7
some limited number of fits. is preferred to Shaft basic and
5.12 Explain when Hole Basic fits are vice-versa.
preferred to Shaft Basic fits and vice-versa. Ask students to differentiate
5.13 Define the meaning of term between constructional and
Dimensional Chain technological dimensional
5.14 Explain the linear difference between chains.
constructional and technological dimensional Ask students to carry out
chains. some calculations of
5.15 Perform calculations on tolerated dimensional chains.
dimensions.
Calculate dimensional chains.
137
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
3HRS/Week
General Objective 6.0: Understand the control of quality at the production and planning stages.
6.1 Distinguish between measurable Ask students to differentiate Chalk

characteristics (variables) and non- between measurable and non- Chalk board
measurable (attributes) of a product. measurable characteristics of a
6.2 Explain automatic inspection and product.
statistical method of control using charts Ask students to illustrate the
6.3 State the advantages and disadvantages difference between inspection
of the inspection methods in 3.1. and statistical methods of
6.4 Select means of inspection measuring control.
instruments, gauging devices etc. Ask students to give
6.5 Explain the general theory of control advantages and disadvantages
charts used in standards (e.g. BS 2564: of inspection method.
7 1969) Ask students to explain
6.6 Construct control charts (graphs) for control charts using BS 2564:
sample average and sample range to monitor 1969 and ISO Ask students to
process variation. construct control charts for
6.7 Construct fraction defective and number monitoring process variation.
defective control charts. Ask students to construct
6.8 Interpret information derived from the fraction detective and number
charts in 3.5 and 3.6 defective control charts and
6.9 Explain the effect of the quality of interpret the information.
machine tools, cutting tools, jigs and fixtures Ask students to explain effect
on the quality of the items produced of quality of machine tools to
quality of products produced.
138
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
3HRS/Week
General Objective 7.0: Know how to measure and identify the accuracy grade of a thread.

7.1 List the type of thread gauges Ask students to list types of Chalk
7.2 Describe standards for thread gauges gauges and describe standards Chalk board
tolerances used in thread gauge Pitch measuring
7.3 Explain setting and adjustable and tolerance. machine
indicating thread gauges of both external and Ask students to carryout a Thread micrometer
internal type. gauging test on a thread and Standard Ring
7.4 Perform a gauging test on a thread also measure the core outer gauges,
7.5 Measure the core and outer diameter on a diameter and pitch of the Bolts and Nuts.
8
thread. thread.
7.6 Measure pitch on a thread. Ask students to compare the
7.7 Compare the measured parameters of a result from above to standard
thread with standard values. values.
7.8 Using ring, snap and plug thread gauges Ask students to carryout
to carry out a gauging process on bolts and gauging process on bolt and
nuts. nuts using ring, snap and plug
thread gauges.
General Objective 8.0: Know the principles and applications of comparators
8.1 Differentiate comparative measurement Ask students to differentiate Chalk, chalkboard

from direct measurement between comparative
8.2 List the essential elements of a measurement from direct
comparator. measurement and also list the
8.3 Explain the functions of each element as essential elements of a
stated in 5.2. comparator
8.4 Explain the design and principle of Ask students to explain the
operation of three of the comparators: design principles and operation
mechanical, electrical, and pneumatic. of Mechanical, Electrical and
9
8.5 List the merits and demerits of the Pneumatic Comparators.
comparators listed in 5.4. Ask students to describe
8.6 Describe method of obtaining methods of magnification and
magnifications in the comparators listed in give merits and demerits of the
5.4. three comparators.
8.7 Describe the method of setting up the
comparators for gauging shafts and holes.
8.8 Describe practical application of the
comparatives listed in 5.4
139
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
3HRS/Week
General Objective 9.0: Understand the principles of angular measurement
9.1 List four angular measuring instruments Ask students to list the
9.2 Explain the working principles of the different types of angular
measuring instruments and
angular measuring instrument listed in 6.1
explain their working principles.
9.3 State the precautions to be observed
when using the angular measuring instrument care that must be taken in
listed in 6.1. using angular measuring
9.4 State the functions of a gear instrument
9.5 Define the elements and standard Ask students to explain
different types of errors and
proportion of gears.
10 deviation in gear that could
9.6 Name the possible errors and deviations
affect its accuracy.
on a gear affecting its accuracy and fit.
Ask students to give
9.7 Explain the use of standards for standards for specifying the
specifying the tolerance and fits of gears. tolerance and fits of gears.
9.8 Describe a double flank test on a gear Ask students to obtain graphs
and interpret the obtained graph. from double flank test on a
gear
9.9 Describe the method of measuring the
Ask students to determine
error of involute form on a gear tooth and
error of involute from gear
interpret the graph tooth and interpret the graph.
General Objective 10.0: Understand the measurement of gears and identify their accuracy grade
10.1 Describe the method of measuring the Ask students to measure Chalk, chalkboard
error of a pressure line and interpret the base pitch on a gear simple
graph. and cumulative errors of
10.2 Describe the method of measuring the circular pitch and interpret the
base pitch on a gear. graphs.
11
10.3 Describe the method of measuring the Ask students to use values
simple and cumulative errors of circular pitch obtained to determine the
and draw the graph and interpret. accuracy grade of the gear.
10.4 Use the values measured to designate
the accuracy grade for the gear.
140
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
3HRS/Week
General Objective 11.0: Understand the principles of simple interferometric measurement
11.1 Explain the phenomenon of Ask students to describe the

interferometry. phenomenon of interferometry
11.2 Explain the use of optical flat in Ask students to explain the
measurement of small deviations in size, principles of operation of the
error of flatness and parallelism. NPL gauge interferometer and
11.3 Describe the principles of design and the fractional method of slip
operation of the NPL gauge interferometer gauges.
12
and the diffractional method of slip gauge size Ask students to describe the
evaluation. working principle of laser
11.4 Describe the principles of design and interferometer and its
operational of the laser interferometer. applications.
11.5 Describe other applications of laser
interferometer like diffractional measurement
and holography.
General Objective 12.0: Know the purpose and types of alignment tests for common types of
machine tools
12.1 State the purpose of no-load running Ask students to explain the
tests. purpose of no-load running test
12.2 State the purpose of practical alignment and practical alignment tests.
tests. Ask students to list and
12.3 List and state the uses of the following explain the uses of equipment
equipment used for alignment tests: precision
used for alignment tests.
level, dial test indicator, test mandrel, straight
Ask students to report on the
edge and square.
practicals of 9.6 and 9.7.
12.4 Sketch and describe the following
13 - 15
alignment tests for common machine tools (a)
coaxial alignment (between axes) (b)
parallelism (c) squareness or perpendicularity
(d) concentricity and end float of spindles.
12.5 State the effect of alignment error on the
workplace
12.6 Compare the results of the test in 9.6
with standard values in alignment charts and
machine tool brochure.
141
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
Course: METROLOGY Course Code: MEC 411
2hrs/Week
General Objective
Week
1.1 Perform a gauging test on a thread. Ask students to list types of Chalk
1.2 Measure the core and outer diameter on a gauges and describe standards Chalk board
thread. used in thread gauge tolerance Pitch
1.3 Measure pitch on a thread. Ask students to carryout a measuring
1.4 Compare the measured parameters of a gauging test on a thread and also machine
thread with standard values. measure the core outer diameter Thread
1.5 Using ring, snap and plug thread gauges to and pitch of the thread. micrometer
1-5 carry out a gauging process on bolts and nuts Ask students to compare the Standard Ring
1.6 Gauge shaft and classify them into limited result from above to standard gauges, Bolts
tolerance groups using an electrical comparator. values. and Nuts
1.7 Gauge holes and classify them into limited Ask students to carryout
tolerance groups using a pneumatic comparator. gauging process on bolt and nuts
1.8 Use sine bars, slip gauges and precision using ring, snap and plug thread
rollers to carry out angular measurement of an gauges.
object
1.9 Use monochromatic light source, optical Ask students to set up

flats, optical parallels, slip gauge set and comparators for gauging shafts
interferometric outfit to perform the following and holes.
experiments:(i) measure the error of flatness of Ask students to perform gauging
slip gauges, micrometer measuring faces and operations with the three
other flat reflecting surfaces.(ii) Measure the comparators
6 - 10 error of parallelism of micrometer measuring Ask students to explain the
faces(iii) measuring small deviation in size and standard proportion of gears.
small dimensions(iv) calibrate the micrometric Ask students to measure
head. involute form, tooth line errors and
base pitch error of a gear.
Ask students to prepare reports
on the experiments of 8.6
142
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
Course: METROLOGY Course Code: MEC 411
2hrs/Week
General Objective
Week
1.10 Use the involute testing machine to carry Ask students to illustrate the
out the measurement of the involute form; tooth following
line errors and base pitch error of a gear. (a) Coaxial
1.11 Conduct practical test on the common alignment
11 - 15
machine tools, centre lathe, drilling machine, (b) Parallelism
milling machine and shaping machine (c) Squareness.
Concentricity and end float of
spindles
143
Testing and Failure of Materials

(OPTION)
COURSE: TESTING AND FAILURE OF Contact Hours 4

Course Code MEM 412
MATERIALS HRS/WK
COURSE SPECIFICATION THEORETICAL CONTENT
General Objective: Understand the causes and types of corrosion

Week
1.1 List the principal types of Ask student to list the principal types Chalk, Chalkboard,
corrosion of corrosion Lecture note
1.2 Explain the causes of corrosion Ask the student to explain the causes
1.3 Describe chemical corrosion of corrosion
1.4 Describe electrochemical Ask students to describe chemical
1
corrosion corrosion
Ask student to describe
electrochemical corrosion
Ask student to distinguish between
direct and electro-chemical corrosion.
2.1 Distinguish between direct and Ask student to discuss the - do-
electro-chemical corrosion relationship between microstructure
2.2 Discuss the relationship between and corrosion resistance.
microstructure and corrosion Ask student to describe the fitting
resistance. corrosion.
2 2.3 Describe the fitting corrosion Ask student to describe the effect of
2.4 Describe the effect of stress on stress on corrosion.
corrosion Ask student to explain stress
corrosion and cavitation corrosion.
Ask student to describe the different
method of corrosion prevention.
3.1 Explain stress corrosion and

cavitation corrosion.
3.2 Explain the effect of design on
corrosion
3.3 Describe the different method of
corrosion prevention
144
(OPTION)

Course Code MEM 412
MATERIALS HRS/WK
General Objective: Understand the causes and types of corrosion

Week
4.1 Compare metallic and non- Ask student to compare metallic and -do-
metallic protection. non-metallic protection.
4.2 Compare the advantages and Ask student to compare the
3- 4 disadvantages of different methods advantages and disadvantages of
of corrosion protection. methods of corrosion protection.
4.3 Demonstration electroplating and Ask student to demonstrate
galvanic protection electroplating and galvanic
General Objective 5.0: Understand the concept of fatigue failure
5.1 Describe what is meant by Ask student to describe what is meant -do-
fatigue failure by fatigue failure.
5.2 List sources of stress fluctuation Ask students to list sources of stress
5 in engineering systems under service fluctuation in engineering systems
conditions. under service conditions.
5.3 Describe the available types of Ask student to describe the available
fatigue tests. types of fatigue stress.
General Objective 6.0: Understand how to interpret fatigue curves (5-m curves) and the factors
affecting endurance limit.
6.1 Draw typical 5-m curves for Ask student to draw typical 5-m - do -
readings in fatigue tests for ferrous curves for readings in fatigue tests for
and non-ferrous materials. ferrous and non-ferrous materials.
6 6.2 Explain what is meant by fatigue Ask student to explain what is meant
and endurance limits. by fatigue and endurance limit.
6.3 List and describe the factors Ask student to list and describe the
affecting endurance or fatigue limit. factors.
145
(OPTION)

Course Code MEM 412
MATERIALS HRS/WK
7.0 Understand the Phenomenon of cumulative damage in fatigue
7.1 Explain the phenomenon of Ask student to explain the - do -

cumulative damage in fatigue. phenomenon of cumulative damage in
7.2 Predict the fatigue life of fatigue.
7
engineering. Component. Ask student to predict the fatigue life
7.3 Describe creep failure. of an engineering component.
Ask student to describe creep failure.
General Objective 8.0: Understand the mode of failure of engineering materials by creep.
8.1 Describe the 3 stages in creep. Ask student to describe the three - do -
8.2 Describe a typical creep test. stages in creep.
8.3 Sketch and explain a typical Ask student to describe a typical
creep curve creep test.
8
8.4 Describe the stages leading to Ask student to sketch and explain a
rupture of various materials typical creep curve.
Ask student to describe the stages
leading to rupture of various materials.
General Objective 9.0: Understand the Properties of creep-resisting alloys.
9.1 List the characteristics of creep- Ask students to list the characteristics -Do-
resisting alloys. of creep-resistance alloys
9
9.2 List alloys with good creep Ask students to list alloys with good
resistance. creep resistance.
146
(OPTION)

Course Code MEM 412
MATERIALS HRS/WK
10.0 Understand the concept of Non-destructive Testing.
10.1 Explain Non Destructive tests Ask student to explain NDT.

(NDT) Ask student to discuss the financial
10.2 Discuss the financial and and economic aspect of NDT methods.
economic aspects of NDT methods. Ask students to describe the methods
10.3 Describe the methods of of carrying out the following NDT.
carrying out the following NDT: i. Visual inspection
10 a. Visual inspection ii. Magnetic dust
b. Magnetic dust method
method iii. Dye Penetrant
c. Dye Penetrant iv. Eddy current
d. Eddy Current v. Ultrasonic
e. Ultrasonic vi. Radiography
f. Radiography
General Objective 11.0: Understand the advantages and disadvantages of Non-Destructive Testing
(NDT)
11.1 Describe the necessary Ask student to describe the necessary

precessions required to obtain precisions required to obtain maximum
maximum efficiency. efficiency.
11.2 Explain the principles that Ask students to explain the principles
11
govern each of the tests mentioned that govern each of the tests in 10.3
in 10.3 Ask students to discuss the limitation
11.3 Discuss the limitation and and advantages of the test in 10.3
advantages of the test in 10.3 above.
147
(OPTION)

Course Code MEM 412
MATERIALS HRS/WK
General Objective 12.0: Understand how to interpret the results of
12.1 Describe Destructive tests such Ask students to describe destructive Izod- charpy
as: terms such as equipment
12 a. Izod - charpy test Izod - charpy test(ii) Hardness test(iii) compression and
b. Hardness test Tensile test Tensile
c. Tensile tests etc Testing machine
13.1 Explain the effect of strain rate Ask the students to explain the effect
on the tensile test results of strain rate on the tensile test results.
13 13.2 Explain the effect of over Ask the students to explain the effect
straining/reacted loading on metals. of over straining/reacted loading on
metals.
General Objective 14.0: Understand how to determine the Proof-stress using stress-strain curve.
14.1 Determine the proof stress Ask students to determine the proof - do -
using stress strain curve. stress using stress-strain curves.
14.5 Explain how impact test can Ask student to explain how impact
14 reveal the brittleness of materials. test can reveal the brittleness of
materials.
Ask student to ask question on areas
of difficulties.
148
COURSE: TESTING AND FAILURE OF

COURSE CODE MEM 412 CONTACT HOURS
MATERIALS
COURSE SPECIFICATION: PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand how to find the material strength and properties from tensile test
Week experiment
1.1 Carryout tensile tests on selected Ask student to carryout tensile tests Compression and
materials on selected materials. Tensile testing
1.2 Determine from the tensile test Ask student to determine from the machine.
result on metals the tensile strength, tensile test result on metals, the Compression and
1 yield strength, limit of proportionality, tensile strength, yield strength limit of tensile testing
proof stress, Youngs modulus, proportionality, proof stress, Young machine
percentage elongation, percentage modulus, percentage elongation,
reduction in area, poisons ratio. percentage reduction in area, poisons
ratio.
General Objective 2.0: Understand the effect of Corrosion on the Mechanical Properties of Materials
2.1 Carryout experiment to Ask student to carryout experiment Comprehension and

demonstrate electroplating and to demonstrate electroplating and Tensile testing
galvanic protection galvanic protection. machine.
Ask student to subject a material to
2-3 corrosive environment and carryout
tensile and comprehensive test to
determine the effect of corrosion on
the mechanical properties of the
materials.
3.0 Subject a material to corrosive

environment for a specific period and
carryout tensile test and
4-5
comprehension test to determine the
effect of corrosion on the mechanical
properties of the material.
149

MATERIALS
General Objective 4.0: Understand how to determine fatigue and creep properties of material.
4.1 Carryout fatigue tests on different Ask student to carryout fatigue tests Fatigue testing
tensile specimens and plot the various on different tensile specimen and plot machine
6 5-m curves. the various 5-m curves.
4.2 Analyse the results. Ask the student to analyse the

results above.
5.1 Carryout experiments to determine Ask the student to carryout Creep measuring
creep curves for different materials experimente to determine creep apparatus
5.2 Demonstrate effect of temperature curves for difference tensile. Creep measuring
7-9
on creep rate and plot creep strain - Ask student to demonstrate the apparatus
time graphs for different temperature effect of temperature on creep rate
for a metal. and plot creep strain - time graphs
General Objective 6.0: Understand how to determine the hardness properties of metals.
6.4 Carryout torsion, charpy and Izod Ask students to carryout torsion, Izod - charpy
test on selected materials charpy and Izod tests on selected apparatus
6.5 Carryout destructive tests to materials. Universal hardness
determine mechanical properties such Ask student to carryout destructive testing machine
as
tests to determine properties of
(i) Brinell Hardness
10-12 hardness measured in Brinell, Vickers
numbers
and Rockwell for different test pieces.
(ii) Vickers Pyramid
Hardness numbers
(iii) Rockwell hardness
number for different
test pieces
General Objective 7.0: Carryout destructive tests to determine mechanical properties such as:
a. Brinell hardness
numbers
b. Vickers pyramid
13 hardness numbers
c. Rockwell hardness
number or different
test pieces.
150

MATERIALS
General Objective 8.0: Understand how to carryout radiographic experiment
8.1 Demonstrate the effect of heat Ask student to find the effect of heat Izod-charpy
14
treatment on Izod values treatment on Izod values. equipment
9.0 Demonstrate the detection of Ask student to demonstrate the Radiographic

15 cracks on welds or castings by detection of cracks on welds or equipment
radiographic means. castings by radiographic means.
151
Fluid Power Machines
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - PLANT (OPTION)
Contact Hours:
COURSE: FLUID POWER MACHINES Course Code: MEC 412
4HRS/WK L = 2 P = 2
General Objective: 1.0 Understand schematic Diagrams of Hydraulic & Pneumatic systems.
Week
1.1 Draw and read different symbols Ask the student to draw and Recommended text
used in hydraulic and pneumatic circuits symbols using hydraulics and books, chalkboard, chalk,
(including general symbols, pumps, Pneumatic circuits. lecture notes, etc.
motors, valves, filters etc) Illustrate activities 1.1 to 1.7
1.2 Draw typical hydraulic and with diagrams and make notes
pneumatic circuit diagrams for various where necessary.
afflictions Assess the students.
1.3 Describe the working principles of a
typical hydraulic and pneumatic circuit.
1.4 Classify the various types of fluid
1-2
power machines e.g. tuabines, pumps,
compressors, fans.
1.5 Derive Euler equation for rotor
dynamic machines and describe the
components of these machines.
1.6 Determine force, power and
efficiency of hydraulic power machines.
1.7 Describe Pascal principle of
compatibility of power for presses and
lifters.
152
Contact Hours:
4HRS/WK L = 2 P = 2
General Objective 2.0: Know the characteristics and components of fluid power systems

2.1 Draw the performance curve for Illustrate activities 2.1 to 2.6 Chalk, chalk board,
(a) Service operation of with diagrams and make notes duster
fluid power system where necessary. Chalk, chalkboard,
(b) Parallel operation of Assess the students. dusters.
fluid power system
2.2 Explain the basic action of the
following types of pumps (a) gear (b)
sliding-vane (c) piston (d) screw.
2.3 Explain the action of the following
types of actuators (a) single-acting
actuators (b) double-acting actuators (c)
compound activators.
2.4 Sketch the common types of pipe
3-4
couplings and fittings.
2.5 State the needs for filtration and list
types of filters.
2.6 Explain the following hydraulic
properties
(a) viscosity
(b) Lubricity
(c) chemical stability
(d) anti-foam.
2.7 Explain the advantages and dis-
advantages of the following hydraulic
fluids (a) water (b) mineral oil (c) glycol
(d) phosphor base (e) emulsions
2.8 Sketch and describe types of valves Illustrate activities 2.8 to 2.12 Different types of valves
e.g. (a) directional control valves (b) with diagrams and make notes. Chalk, chalkboard,
pressure control (c) flow control valve. duster
2.9 Explain the operations of the types
of valves in the categories in 2.8
2.10 Explain the principles of operation
5 of directional control valves: 4 fist and 4
positions.
2.11 Sketch a reservoir detailing design
features and fitment.
2.12 Sketch the layout of basic hydraulic
circuit with two-three actuators and
explain
153
Contact Hours:
4HRS/WK L = 2 P = 2
General Objective 3.0: Understand the working principles and detailed construction of automatic
gearboxes.
3.1 Sketch the power flow and relative Illustrate activities 3.1 to 3.3
positions of clutches and brake bands with examples, diagrams and
for the following drives (a) low gear (b) make notes.
intermediate gear (c) top gear (d)
reverse gear
6 (e) lock up (f) park.
3.2 Explain how gear selection is
controlled hydraulically in (a) road speed
(b) engine speed (c) the driver
3.3 Explain the need for the installation
of an oil cooler
General Objective 4.0: Know the operation, constructional details and performance characteristics of
fluid coupling and torque converters.
4.1 State the purpose, benefits and Illustrate activities 4.1 to 4.11 Various hoses and
limitations of the use of fluid coupling. with diagrams and make notes. fittings/couplings.
4.2 Sketch the layout of a fluid coupline. Asses the students. Used/serviceable
4.3 Describe the operation of the fluid automatic gear box
coupling. Chalk, Chalkboard,
4.4 Interpret a performance duster
characteristic graph for fluid coupling.
4.5 State the purpose, benefit and
limitations of a torque converter.
4.6 Sketch and describe the
construction of a simple two-member
torque converter.
4.7 Describe the operation and the
7-8
power flow of torque converter in 4.6
above.
4.8 Sketch and describe the operation of
a multi-stage torque converter and show
when the power flow is (a) at stall (b)
through the driving range (c) on over-run
4.9 State the meaning and significance
of (a) torque ratio (b) converter
efficiency (c) coupling point
4.10 Derive equations for the terms in
4.9 above.
4.11 Interpret converter efficiency and
torque ratio graphs.
154
Contact Hours:
4HRS/WK L = 2 P = 2
General Objective: 5.0 Know the arrangement and operation of valve body and the governing
systems used in automatic fluid Power system.
5.1 Discuss the factors affecting the Illustrate activities 5.1 to 5.7 Chalk, chalkboard,
design of the hydraulic valve control with diagrams and make notes. duster
9 systems
5.2 State the function of the basic types
of hydraulic control valve body.
5.3 Sketch and describe the basic and

expanded circuits for 5.1 above.
5.4 Sketch and describe a typical
automatic transmission valve control
circuit.
10
5.5 Select a valve control for a specific
operation
5.6 Calculate valve area by
simultaneous equation.
5.7 Solve several related problems
155
Contact Hours:
4HRS/WK L = 2 P = 2
General Objective 6.0: Know the analysis and design of a hose coupling for commercial vehicle
applications
6.1 Explain the application of hydraulic Ask the students to explain the Chalk, chalkboard,
hose couplings in road Vehicles e.g. (a) application of hydraulic hose duster
passengers cars (b) commercial couplings in road vehicles e.g.
passenger and goods vehicles. (a) passengers cars (b)
6.2 Describe the fabrication processes commercial passenger and
used for constructing the basic hose goods vehicles.
couplings. Ask the students to describe
6.3 Explain the limitations of the ......
processes in 6.2 above. Ask the students to explain the
6.4 Describe the basic design limitations of the processes in
calculation for predicting (a) the 6.2 above.
deformation (b) stress response in hose Ask the students to describe
during(i) fabrication(ii) in service loading calculation for predicting (a) the
conditions. deformation (b) stress response
6.5 Use the methods of 6.4 above to
in hose during(i) fabrication(ii) in
solve hose coupling problems.
service loading conditions.
11 - 13 6.6 Carry out a design of a hose
Ask the students to use the
coupling for (a) vehicle brake systems
method 6.4 to solve hose
(b) clutch systems (c) coupling the truck
coupling problems.
to the transfer brakes.
Ask the students to differentiate
6.7 Differentiate 6.6 (a &b) and discuss
6.6 (a &b) and discuss methods
methods for reinforcing the coupling
for reinforcing the coupling hose.
hose.
6.8 Describe the effects of surge
methods to reduce defects in 6.8
pressures in components of 6.6 above
above.
and calculate (a) excess pressure
Ask the students to describe
produce (b) water hammer effects (c)
the failure modes of hydraulic
pressure waves (d) frequency of wave
hose in use.
oscillations (e) bulk modulus.
6.9 Explain methods to reduce defects
in 6.8 above.
6.10 Describe the failure modes of
hydraulic hose in use.
156
Contact Hours:
4HRS/WK L = 2 P = 2
General Objective 7.0: Know the layout and operating principles of fluid power systems for utility
vehicle application
7.1 Expand the hydraulic circuit in 1.2 to Ask the students to expand the Chalk, chalkboard,
include (a) two valves in series (b) two hydraulic circuit in 1.2 to include duster
valves in parallel (a) two valves in series (b) two
7.2 Use the circuits in 7.1 above for valves in parallel
utility vehicle operations e.g. (a) for Ask the students to use the
digger device system (b) for dump circuits in 7.1 above for utility
vehicle application vehicle operations e.g. (a) for
14
7.3 Describe the application of two or digger device system (b) for
more directional valves connected in (a) dump vehicle application
series (b) parallel for application in utility Ask the students to describe
vehicles the application of two or more
directional valves connected in
(a) series (b) parallel for
application in utility vehicles
General Objective: 8.0 Understand different types of boilers, their fuels and the steam distribution
system.
8.1 Describe the different types of Ask the students to describe
boilers and characteristics of their fuels. the different types of boilers and
8.2 Describe with sketches the firing characteristics of their fuels.
systems for solid, liquid and gaseous Ask the students to describe
fuels. with sketches the firing systems
8.3 Solve problems on boiler energy for solid, liquid and gaseous
balance and draw the Sankay diagram. fuels.
8.4 Explain methods of boiler Ask the students to carryout
maintenance. calculation on boiler energy
8.5 Analyze with sketches typical steam balance and draw the Sankay
15
generation plant showing major diagram.
components. Ask the students to explain
8.6 Describe with sketches the steam methods of boiler maintenance.
pipe layout and sizes. Ask the students to analyze
with sketches typical steam
generation plant showing major
components.
Ask the students to describe
with sketches the steam pipe
layout and sizes.
157
(OPTION)
Course: Fluid Power Machines Course Code: MEC 412 Contact Hours: 2-0-2
General Objective
Week
1.1 Identify the following components of Demonstrate activities 1.1 to 1.3 for Valves
fluid power system. Its types and the students to learn and ask them to Pumps
functions - perform the activities. Compressors
(a) Pumps Assess the students. Fan actuators
(b) Turbines
Pipe couplings and
(c) Compressors
fitting,
1-2 (d) Fans
Torque converter.
(e) Actuators
(f) Valves
1.2 Identify and sketch common types
of pipe couplings and fittings.
1.3 Identify and sketch a simple two-
member torque converter.
2.0 Analyse and design a hose coupling
2.1 Carryout a design of a hose Demonstrate activities 2.1 to 2.2 for Design materials
coupling for the students to learn and allow them Recommended
(a) Vehicle brake to practise. apparatus.
systems Assess the students.
(b) Clutch systems
(c) Coupling the truck
3-6
to the transfer brakes.
2.2 Carryout experiment to determine
(a) hose cycles live
versus pressure levels
(b) Pressure versus
failure frequency
3.0 Demonstrate Skills in energy audit
3.1 Carryout a simple energy audit on a Demonstrate activity 3.1 for the Energy audit
typical plant students to learn and ask them to materials.
7-14
carry out an exercise on energy audit.
Assess the students
158
Machine Element Design
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA MECHANICAL ENGINEERING MANUFACTURING

(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 6
COURSE: MACHINE ELEMENT DESIGN Course Code: MEM 413
HRS/WK
Course Specification: Theoretical
General Objective: The course is designed to give the students a working knowledge of the
Week approach to the design of machine elements
1.0 Machine Elements in Mechanical Ask students to define machine Machine sub-
Design elements assembly
1.1 Define machine elements Ask students to get source of Different
1.2 List source machine elements machine elements. Machine
1.3 Discuss the build up of machine Ask students to discuss the build up Element
elements to form sub-assemblies machine elements to form sub- Mechanism models
1.4 Discuss the build up of sub assemblies models
1 assemblies to form a Ask the students to list the relevant Recommended
machine criteria for the design of specific textbooks
1.5 List and explain the criteria for elements Lecture notes
machine Elements design. Illustrate with diagrams Chalkboard
1.6 Discuss the interplay of function, Chalk
strength, materials, manufacturing
facility and lost in Machine element
design.
General Objective: 2.0 Principle of joint design
2.1 Classify types of joint into Ask the students to prepare - do -

permanent and non-permanent Detailed drawings of the riveted joint
2.2 Describe different types of rivets to standard practice
2.3 Calculate the dimensions of riveted Ask the students to prepare detailed
2
joints drawing of the bolted joints to
2.4 Design bolted joints that are standard practice.
subjected to tensile load and or torque. Ask the students to prepare a brief
on the different types of thread.
159
(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 6
HRS/WK
General Objective: 3.0 Know Power transmission and Couplings design
3.1 Explain the principles of operation Ask the students to draw and - do -
of different types of transmission- dimension a key and belt drive.
friction, drive, cylindrical and conical, Assess the students.
belt drive, keys and coupling, etc.
3
3.2 List examples of the use of these
devices
3.3 Describe the stress on the different
types of couplings.
General Objective: 4.0 V-belts and Chain drives design
4.1 Describe v-belt and chain drives Ask the students to draw a typical
4.2 Describe the V-belt drive in terms arrangement of the elements of a belt
of normal design parameters and a v-belt drive indicating typical
4.3 State the standard dimensions of v- belt section and groove geometry.
belts rated A,B,C,Z,Y. Ask the students to calculate the
4.4 Classify chains and sprockets. design parameters of given v-belt
4.5 State the criteria for the design of drive.
chain drives Illustrate with diagrams and make
4.6 Describe the following lubrication notes.
4
(a) Methods of chain
drives
(b) Drip feed
lubrication
(c) Shallow belt
lubrication
(d) Disc or shinger
lubrication
4.7 Describe oil stream lubrication.
160
(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 6
HRS/WK
General Objective: 5.0 Understand the types and design of clutches
5.1 List types of clutches plate-type, Ask the students to sketch different
cone-type, slip-clutch, air- types of clutches; shimmy there is
actuated type etc improvement parts.
5.2 State the performance parameters Ask the students to carry out
involved in the rating of clutches detailed calculations on a given clutch
5
5.3 Describe two basic methods used
to determine torque capacity required
of a clutch
5.4 Describe the application of clutches
in 5.1 above
General Objective 6.0: Know the types and design of Brakes
6.1 List types of brake systems in use Ask the students to sketch the brake Photographs and
e.g., friction type, plate type, cone type system enumerated drawing of brakes
etc. As the student to carryout detailed
6.2 State the performance parameters calculation on a given brake supplier
6
involved in the design and rating of In particular the should design brake
brake systems for a given body in motion
6.3 Describe the applications of each
type of brake system in 6.1 above
161
(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 6
HRS/WK
General Objective 7.0: Know the types and design of Gears
7.1 List types of gear systems e.g. spur Ask the students to identify the gear
- gear, level gear, worm gear etc types listed
7.2 Describe gear troth features e.g., Ask the students to draw gear
pitch, not Diameter etc. profiles including the kinematics
7.3 State the calculations required to Ask the student to calculate for a
completely determine the gear given gear circular pitch, diametral
characteristics pitch addendum and dedendum
7.4 Represent on a diagram forces clearance, outer diameter, root
7
along on gear teeth and perform stress diameter, tooth
calculations Thinness, tooth in-depth
7.5 Analyse stresses in gear teeth and Ask the students to draw the above
perform stress calculation gear wheel.
Ask the students to draw gear trains
such as double reduction gear train
and double reduction gear train with
adder
General Objective 8.0: Understand the working principles of Gear Trains
8.1 Describe the working principle of Ask the students to design a gear
gear trains box and prepare comprehensive
8 8.2 Define velocity ratio Train valve drawings for it
and derive
their expression for gear in week
162
(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 6
HRS/WK
General Objective: 9.0 Know the types, selection and design of Bearing
9.1 Define bearings Ask students to define bearing Recommended

9.2 List the various types of bearings Ask students to list various types of textbooks,
9.3 Classify bearing based on the bearing Lecture notes
direction of forces acting on the shaft Ask students to classify bearing Chalk and
9.4 Discuss the engineering situations based on the direction of shaft. chalkboard
9 where different types of bearings are Ask student to describe essential Duster.
used features of the bearing in 9.2 above.
9.5 Describe the essential features of Ask students & to explain the criteria
the bearings in 9.2 above for bearing selection.
9.6 Explain the criteria for bearing
selection
General Objective 10.0: Understand Stress Concentration
10.1 Describe the phenomenon of Ask the students to extent from

stress concentration engineering data stress Concentration
10.2 Discuss engineering situations factors for common components
where stress concentrations
occur e.g. stepped shaft, plate with a
10 hole, notch or coracle
on a surface, intersections of solid
profiles etc.
10.3 Define the term stress
concentration faction SCF.
10.4 Discuss the types of loading
163
(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 6
HRS/WK
General Objective 11.0: Understand Design of shafts
11.1 Describe the essential functions Ask the students to sketch the
performed by a shaft in a physical features of various shafts in
machine location
11.2 Describe the common mounting of Ask the students to carry out basic
a shaft, analysis of shafts
11.3 Describe the reduction of a Ask the students to design a shaft
11 - 12
physical shelf system to a for a given duly and prepare
mathematical model for analyse appropriate engineering drawing s for
11.4 Discuss the parameters and it
criteria for the design of a shaft in
accordance with standard engineering
practice
General Objective: 12.0 Know Properties Of Lubricants
12.1 Define lubricants Ask the students to observe the Different types of
12.2 State the types of lubricants difference in density and viscosity of lubricants
Commonly used in machines e.g. oil, various grades of oil
grease ol must solid lubricants. Ask the students to select lubricants
12.3 Describe the characteristics of for given situations
lubricant in 12.2
12.3 Explain the criteria for selecting
lubricants e.g. operating conditions like
13 - 14
speed, load, lubricant properties,
surface quality
12.4 Describe, surface quality
lubrication mixed lubrication mixed
lubrication fluid film lubrication
12.5 Explain the application of
lubricants in machine tools e.g. spindle
oil hydraulic oil gear oil slide-way oil
164
(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 2-0-

Course: Machine Element Design Course Code: MEM 413
4
General Objective
Week
1.1 Identify permanent and non-permanent Demonstrate activities 1.1 and 1.2 Riveted joints
joints for the students to learn and ask Welded joints
1-2 1.2 Carryout the design of bolted joints them to perform the activities. Bolted joints
that are subjected to tensile load and or Design materials,
torque. etc.
2.0 Demonstrate skills in the design of couplings
2.1 Identify different couplings Demonstrate activities 2.1 to 2.4 Couplings

2.2 Identify criteria used in coupling design for the students to learn and ask Practical guide.
3 2.3 Carryout design of couplings. them to carryout the activities.
2.4 Analyse the stress on the different Assess the students.
types of coupling.
3.0 Demonstrate skills in Belts and chain design
3.1 Identify V-belt and chain drives Demonstrate activities 3.1 to 3.5 Belts
3.2 Identify chains and sprockets for the students to learn and ask Chains
3.3 Identify the criteria for the design of them to carryout the activities. Sprockets
belt and chain drives Design materials
4
3.4 Carryout the selection and design of
Practical guide
belt and chain drives
3.5 Point out area of lubrication of belt and
chain drives
4.0 Demonstrate Skills in the design of clutches
4.1 Identify different types of clutches Demonstrate activities 4.1 to 4.3 Clutches
- Plate type for the students to learn and ask Design materials
- Cone type them to practise the activities. Practical guide
- Slip clutch
5-6
- Air - a - chated
4.2 Identify and select the parameters in
the rating and design of clutches.
4.3 Carryout the design of a clutch.
165
(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 2-0-

Course: Machine Element Design Course Code: MEM 413
4
5.0 Demonstrate Skills in the design of Brakes
5.1 Identify the types and application of Demonstrate activities 5.1 to 5.3 Brake system
brake items - friction, plate, cone types. and for the students to learn and dismantled from a
5.2 Identify and select the parameters in ask to perform he activities. vehicle
7
the design and rating of brake systems. Assess the students Models
5.3 Carryout the design of a complete Design materials
brake system Practical guide
6.0 Demonstrate skills in the design of Gears and Gear trains
6.1 Identify different types of gears - spur, Demonstrate activities 6.1 to 6.4 Spur, Bevel, worm
Bavel, warm, etc for the students to learn and ask to gears
6.2 Identify and select the parameters perform the activities. Different gear
involved in the design of gears and gear Assess the students. trains models
8-10 trains. Practical guide
6.5 Analyse stresses in gear teeth and Design materials.
perform stress calculation.
6.6 Carryout a design of gear box and
prepare its working drawing
7.0 Demonstrate skills in the design of bearings and shaft
7.1 Identify different types of bearings and Demonstrate activities 7.1 to 7.4 Models of bearings
shafts for the students to learn and ask and shaft
7.2 Identify the criteria for selection and them to carryout the activities. Practical guide
design of bearings and shafts in Assess the students. Design materials.
accordance with standard engineering
11-14
practice.
7.3 Carryout the design of bearings and
shafts and prepare its working drawings.
7.4 Select appropriate lubricants for
bearings and shaft.
166
Engineering Materials and Application
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENIGNEERING - MANUFACTURING

(OPTION)
COURSE: ENGINEERING MATERIALS CONTACT

COURSE CODE: MEM 415
AND APPLICATION HOURS: 2HRS/WK
Course specification: Theoretical Content
General Objective 1.0: Understand ferrous materials

Week
1.1 Explain the allotropic nature of Let the students explain the allotropic Chalk
iron nature of iron Chalkboard
1.2 Draw and explain the iron-carbon Ask the students to draw and explain the Recommended
phase diagram iron-carbon phase diagram textbooks
1.3 Define steel Ask the student s to define steel Duster
1.4 Classify plain carbon steels and Ask the student to classify plain carbon
1-3
describe the mechanical properties steels and describe the mechanical
as a function of composition and properties as a function of composition
structure and structure
1.5 State the uses and limitations of Ask the students to state the uses and
plain carbon steel in engineering limitations of plain carbon steel in
applications engineering applications.
1.6 Define alloy steel Ask the student to define alloy steel - do -
1.7 Classify alloy steels Ask the students to classify alloy steel
1.8 State typical alloying elements Explain and ask the student s to state
and their effect on the typical alloying elements and their effect
structure/property of steel on the structure and properties of steel.
1.9 Classify alloying elements based expose the student to classify plain
on the ability to carbon steels and describe the
a. Stabilise carbides mechanical properties as a function of
4-7
b. graphite carbides composition and structure
c. stabilise austenite Ask the students to state the uses and
d. stabilise ferrite limitations of plain carbon steel in
engineering applications.
Ask the students to classify alloying
elements based on the based on the
ability to stabilise carbide, austenite and
ferrite, and also graphite carbide.
167
(OPTION)

General Objective 1.0: Understand ferrous materials

Week
1.10 Use TTT-Curve to illustrate the Ask the student to use TTT-Curve to
effects in 1.8 illustrate the effects in 1.8.
1.11 State various engineering Ask the students to state various
applications of the following alloy engineering applications of the following
steels (a) low alloy steels (b) high alloy steels (a) how alloy steels
alloy steels like stainless steel, high alloy steels like stainless, managing
manganese steel, heat resisting steel,heat resisting steel, tool steel
steel, tool steel Ask the students to define cast iron and
1.12 Define cast iron and draw iron draw - graphite equilibrium diagram
graphite equilibrium diagram Explain Describe and ask the students to explain
the two forms of carbon in carbon in the two forms of carbon in cast iron and
cast iron and factors affecting their factors affecting their states
states Ask the students to describe the
1.13 Describe the following cast iron following cast iron varieties and their
varieties and their uses: uses: malleable cast iron Spheroidal
a. Malleable cast iron graphite cast iron flake graphite cast iron
b. Spheroidal Ask the students to define cast iron
graphite cast iron Ask the students to describe the
c. Flake graphite following cast iron varieties and their
cast iron uses:
1.14 Define cast iron Pearlitic iron
1.15 Describe the following cast iron Martensitic iron
varieties and their uses
a. Pearlitic iron
b. Nodular
c. Martensitic iron
d. Austenistic iron
168
(OPTION)
General Objective 2.0: Know Non - ferrous metals
2.1 List various grades of commercial Ask the students to list various grades of
copper(e.g. tough pitch copper, commercial copper (e.g. tough pitch
deoxidised copper and oxygen - free copper, deoxidised copper and oxygen-
high conductivity copper) free high conductivity copper)
2.2 State engineering application of Ask the students to state engineering
7-8 the grades in 2.1 above application of the grades in 2.1 above
2.3 Define brass Ask the students to define brass
2.4 Draw and explain the copper/Zinc Ask the students to draw and explain the
equilibrium diagram copper/Zinc equilibrium diagram
2.5 State the properties and Ask the students to state the properties
engineering applications of brass and engineering applications of brass

(OPTION)
Course: ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND Contact Hours:
Course Code: MEM 415
APPLICATION 1hrs/wk
General Objective 1.0 Identify ferrous materials
Week
1.1 Construct iron-carbon phase diagram Demonstrate activities 1.1 to 1.4 Practical guide
1.2 Identify alloying elements based on the for the students to learn and ask Specimens of all
ability to them to carryout the activities. the ferrous
(a) Stabilise carbides Assess the students. materials.
(b) Graphite carbides
(c) Stabilize austerite
(d) Stabilize ferrite
1.3 Use TTT-curve to illustrate the effects of
1-8 alloying elements and their effect on the
structure and property of steel.
1.4 Identify the following:
(a) low alloy steel
(b) high alloy steel
(c) cast iron
(d) pearlitic iron
(e) martenitic iron
(f) austenistic iron
169
(OPTION)
Course: ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND Contact Hours:

Course Code: MEM 415
APPLICATION 1hrs/wk
2.0 Identify non-ferrous metal
2.1 Construct copper-zinc phase diagram Demonstrate activities 2.1 to 2.3 Practical guide
2.2 Identify various grades of commercial for the students to learn and ask Specimens of the
copper them to perform all the activities. non-ferrous metals.
- tough pitch copper Assess the students.
9 - 15
- doxided copper and
- oxygen free high
conductivity copper
2.3 Identify brass and its alloys
170
Machine Tools Systems

(OPTION)
CONTACT
COURSE: MACHINE TOOLS SYSTEMS COURSE CODE: MEM 421
HOURS: 2HR/WK
Course Specification THEORETICAL CONTENT
General Objective: 1.0 Understand the principle of automatic control and its applications in machine
Week tools (and transfer lines)
1.1 Explain the concept automatic Ask the students to explain the concept Chalk
control automatic control chalkboard
1.2 Distinguish between the degrees Ask the students to distinguish between Recommended
of control (non-mathematics the degrees of control (non-mathematics textbooks.
treatment) of a machine tool in (a) treatment) of a machine tool in
1
manual control (b) Semi-automatic i. Manual control
control (c) fully automatic control ii. Semi-automatic control
1.3 State the factors to be considered iii. Fully automatic control
which justify the use of automatic
control
1.4 State the principles of control Ask the students to state the factors to
systems and give examples of their be considered which justify the use of
application to the control of position automatic control
2 and speed Ask the students to state the principle of
control systems and give examples of
their application to the control of position
and speed
171
(OPTION)
CONTACT
HOURS: 2HR/WK
General Objective 2.0: Understand the application of various systems in the operation and control of
machine tools
2.1 Describe the characteristic Explain and ask the students to describe Chalk
features of the following systems the characteristic features of the following chalkboard
used in the operation and control of used in the operation and control of
machine tools machine tools hydraulic (b) pneumatic (c)
(a) hydraulic (b) pneumatic (c) mechanical (d) electronic
mechanical (d) electronic Ask the students to distinguish between
2.2 Distinguish between the following the following hydraulic systems (a)
hydraulic systems: (a) hydrostatic (b) hydrostatic (b) hydrodynamic
4-6 hydrodynamic Ask the students to explain the reasons
2.3 Explain the reasons for the use of for the use of the systems in 2.1
the systems in 2.1 mentioning any mentioning any limitations and giving
limitations and giving typical typical examples of their application in
examples of their application in machine tools (for the operation and
machine tools (for the operation and control of machine tools)
control of machine tools) Ask the students to produce typical line
diagrams of hydraulic and pneumatic
circuits
General Objective 3.0: Understand the operation and control of numerically controlled machine tools
and their application to the Machining of typical components
3.1 Describe a numerically controlled Ask the students to describe a Chalk

machine tools numerically controlled machine tools chalkboard
3.2 Explain the operating principle of Ask the students to explain the operating
numerically controlled machine tools principle of numerically controlled
3.3 Explain the binary numerical
machine tools
system and its application to tape
Ask the students to explain the binary
7 coding
numerically system and its application to
3.4 Explain monitoring systems (a)
tape coding
analogue (b)digital
3.5 Explain the operation of the
following monitoring device-position
transducers rotary type (b) optical
gratings
172
(OPTION)
CONTACT
HOURS: 2HR/WK
General Objective 3.0: Understand the operation and control of numerically controlled machine tools
and their application to the Machining of typical components
3.6 State the principles and Explain and ask students to repeat
applications of (a) point to point explanation on monitoring systems
positioning control (b) continues path analogue (b) digital
control Ask students to explain the operation of
the following monitoring devices-position
8 transducers (a) rotary type (b) optical
gratings
Ask the students to state the principles
and applications of (a) point to point
positioning
Control Continues path control
3.7 Explain the influence of NC Ask the students to explain the influence Chalk
machines on drawing office practice of NC machine son drawing office chalkboard
3.8 Explain the importance of practice
ordinate planning and calculating in Ask the students to explain the
component drawings importance of ordinate planning and
9 3.9 Justify the use of NC machine in calculating in component drawing s
preference to conventional machines Ask the students to justify the use of NC
3.10 Explain the operation of a machine in preference to conventional
machining centre machines
Ask the students to explain the operation
of a machining centre
173
(OPTION)
CONTACT
HOURS: 2HR/WK
General Objective 4.0: Understand the application and operation of single spindle automatic lathe to
the machining of typical components
4.1 Define automatic Ask the students to define automatic Chalk
4.2 Explain the operating principles Ask the students to explain the operating chalkboard
of the following automatic machines principles of the following automatic
(a) indexing turret (b) sliding machine (a) indexing turret sliding
headstock headstock
4.3 Specify the type of work suitable Ask the students to specify the type of
for the machines in work suitable for the machine in 4.2
4.4 Describe typical tool used on the Ask the students to identify typical tools
machine listed in 4.2 used on the machines listed in 4.2
10
4.5 Prepare sequence of operations, Ask the students to prepare sequences
including non-productive time, to of operations, including non-productive
produce a simple component on a time, to produce a simple component on a
turret type automatic lathe turret type automatic lathe
4.3 Calculate cycle time for he Ask the students to calculate cycle time
production of a component from for the production of a component from
given data given data
4.7 Sketch the cam layout from given Ask students to draw the cam layout
data form given data
General Objective 5.0: Understand the principle and application of transfer machining
5.1 Define transfer machining Ask the students to define transfer Chalk
5.2 Describe the basic units of a machining Chalkboard
transfer machine Ask the students to describe the basic
5.3 State the advantages and units of a transfer machine
limitations in the use of transfer Ask the students to state the advantages
machining and limitations in the use of transfer
5.4 Explain the operation of the machining
11-13
following transfer machining systems Ask the students to explain the operation
(a) in - line (b) rotary-type (c) drum of the following transfer machining
(d) turret systems (a) in-line (b)rotary-type (c) drum
5.5 Give examples of typical (d) turret
components that can be produced on Ask the student students to give
the machine in 5.4 examples of typical component that can
be produced on the machines in 5.4
174
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
Course: MACHINE TOOLS SYSTEMS Course Code: MEM 413
2-0-4
General Objective 1.0 Demonstrate skills in construction of control circuits

Week
1.1 Construct hydraulic and pneumatic circuits to Demonstrate activities 1.1 to Practical
operate a semi-automatic and fully automatic cycles. 1.2 for the students to learn and guide
1.2 Produce typical line diagrams of hydraulic and ask them to perform the Drawing
1-5
pneumatic circuits for the moving parts of a machine activities. materials.
tool and explain the purposes and functions of the Assess the students.
essential items in the circuit.
2.0 Demonstrate skills in the operation and control of NC machine tools
2.1 Prepare a point to point programme from a * Demonstrate activity 2.1 for
6-9 simple component drawing (using CNC machine the students to learn and ask
languages) e.g. Heindemhani Plain language, etc.) them to practice.
3.0 Demonstrate Skills in the use of single spindle lathe to machine typical components
3.1 Identify the following automatic machine tool - Demonstrate activities 3.1 to Turret lathe
(a) indexing turret 3.4 for the students to learn and machine
(b) sliding headstock ask them to carryout the Cutting tools
3.2 Identify typical tool used on the automatic activities. Practical
10-15 machine tools. Assess the students guide.
3.3 Prepare sequence of operation, including none
productive time, to produce a simple component on
a turret type automatic lathe.
3.4 Draw the can layout from given data.
175
Steam Power Engineering
PROGRAMME: HND MECHANICAL EGINEERING (PLANT OPTION)
CONTACT
COURSE: STEAM POWER ENGINEERING CODE: MEP 426
2HRS/WK
General Objective 1.0: Understand water supply sources and treatment.

Week
Specific Learning Outcome Teacher Activities Resource
1.1 State sources of water supply, public Ask the students to explain with Visit to water
water supply, wells, bore hole, ponds, sketches the three processes of treatment plant.
dams, rivers, rain etc. water treatment for human INo. Steam Power
1.2 State the means of getting water consumption and industrial use; Plant.
INo. Steam Boiler,
supply to boilers. filtration, sterilization and softening
INo. Burner
1.3 Identify means of storing water before
INo. Control value,
and after treatment.
INo. Relief value
1.4 Explain with sketches the three
Feed pump, Water
processes of water treatment for human Treatment outfit
1 consumption and industrial use: filtration, Raw water pumps
sterilisation and softening Air Heats,
Economics,
Superheated
Steam Pipes with
Lagging, Calorifiers
Steam Traps
De-aerators
Pressure
Reducing values
Separators.
General Objective 2.0: Understand boiler feed pumps.
2.1 State different types of boiler feed -Ask students to identify and Recommended
pumps. explain with sketches the textbooks
2.2 Explain with sketches the construction and details Lecture notes
constructional details, characteristics characteristics of operation and Chalkboard
2 operation and installation of: installation of (i) centrifugal (ii) rotary Chalk
a. Centrifugal (iii) reciprocating and (iv)
b. Rotary submersible pumps
c. Reciprocating and
d. Submersible pumps
176
CONTACT
2HRS/WK
General Objective 3.0: Know the different types of fuels used in boilers and furnace fires.
3.1 Describe the different types of fuel Ask the students to describe the Recommended
preparation for boiler firing. different types of fuel preparation for textbooks
3.2 Describe the different types of fuels boiler firing. Lecture notes
used in boiler Illustrate with diagrams and make Chalksboard
3.3 Explain the different methods of fuel notes Chalk
storage for boiler operations. duster
3.4 Describe with sketches the firing
3 systems for solid, liquid and gaseous
fuels.
3.5 State the means of regulation of
furnace temperature.
3.6 Carry out inspection and repair of
furnaces and burners on boilers.
3.7 Carry out texts to determine the
properties of boiler fuels.
General Objective 4.0: Know different types of boilers for low and high-pressure generation of steam.
4.1 Describe with sketches different types Ask the students to:
of boilers for various uses. Describe with the aid of sketches a
4.2 Describe with sketches boiler condensate
mountings, fittings, and accessories like return of steam circuit.
super heaters, economisers air heaters, Describe with sketches different
feed pumps, safety values and safety types of boilers for various uses.
values etc. Illustrate with diagrams and make
4.3 State the functions of boiler house notes.
instruments.
4.4 Specify general inspection of boilers
4.5 Carry out calculation on boiler energy
balance and draw the Sankey diagram
4.6 Explain methods of boiler
maintenance
177
CONTACT
2HRS/WK
General Objective: 5.0 Know and understand steam distribution in industrial and domestic circuits
5.1 Describe with aid of sketches a Illustrate with diagrams activities Recommended
condensate return of steam circuit. 5.1 to 5.8 and make notes. text books
5.2 State the functions of heaters. Illustrate with good diagrams and Lecture notes
5.3 Describe with sketches the domestic make notes. Chalkboard
and industrial cabrifiers (non-storage and Assess the students. Chalk
storage). Duster.
5.4 Explain the operation of different
laundry machines, kitchen equipment,
and process heat.
5.5 Analyse with sketches, typical circuits
incorporating the following steam traps
separators air vent, pressure reducing
valves, radiators, provision for drainage
and de-acration.
5.6 State the use of low pressure exhaust
steam and control valve.
5.7 Describe with sketches the steam
pipe layout and sizes.
5.8 Explain with sketches various types
of pipe joint for steam circuit.
178
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
Course: STEAM POWER ENGINEERING Course Code: MEM 426
1HR/WK
General Objective 1.0 Demonstrate skills in the maintenance of Boiler feed pumps.
Week
1.1 Identify types of Boiler feed pumps 5 Demonstrate activities 1.1 to 1.3 for the Centrifugal
1.2 Master the operation and students to learn and ask them to pumps
installation of - perform all the activities. Rotary pumps
(a) Centrifugal 6 Assess the students. Reciprocating
(b) Rotary
pump
1-5 (c) Reciprocating and
Submersible
(d) Submersible
pumps
pumps
Complex toolbox
1.3 Carry out trouble shooting and
maintenance of each of the pumps
above.
2.0 Demonstrate skills in the maintenance of boilers and furnace fires
2.1 Identify the means of regulation of Demonstrate activities 2.1 to 2.6 for the Boilers and
furnace temperature students to learn and ask them to accessories
2.2 Carryout inspection and repair of carryout the activities. Furnaces and
furnaces and burners on boilers Assess the students. accessories
2.3 Carryout test to determine the
Complete
properties of boiler fuels
6 - 10 toolbox.
2.4 Identify types of boilers for various
uses
2.5 Identify the functions of boiler
house instruments.
2.6 Carryout inspection and repairs of
boilers.
3.0 Demonstrate skills in distribution of steam in industrial and domestic circuits
3.1 Identify various methods of Demonstrate activities 3.1 and 3.2 for Practical guide
expansion and anchorage for main the students to learn, ask them to Steam pipe
branch supply lines and pipe lagging. perform the activities and conduct a visit layout.
3.2 Carryout exercises on steam pipe to industries to see the work of steam
11-15
layout with all the valves and trap circuits.
connections.
3.3 Visit industries to see the work of
steam circuits.
179
PROGRAMME: HND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (PLANT OPTION)
Contact Hours:
Course: MACHINE TOOLS PROCESSES Course Code: MEC 422
1hr/wk
General Objective: 1.0 Understand the theory of metal cutting

Week
1.1 Name and describe three types of Ask students to carry out experiment Tool
chip formation. involving Tool Dynamometer to measure Dynamometer
1.2 List the factors responsible for the the actual speed, force etc.
three types of formation
1.3 Distinguish the merits and demerits
1
of the above
1.4 Explain orthozonal and oblique
cutting.
1.5 Analyse cutting action using
merchant theory
General Objective: 2.0 Know the uses and Properties of cutting tools
2.1 Select single point and multi-tooth Ask the students to select single point
cutting tool for use and multi-tooth cutting tool for use
2.2 Select types of cutting tool Ask the students to Explain types of
(materials)e.g. H.S.S ceramic and cutting tool (materials)e.g. H.S.S ceramic
tungsten - carbide for specific and tungsten - carbide for specific
application application
2.3 Describe the general properties Ask the student to describe the general
required of a cutting tool properties required of a cutting tool
2
2.4 Explain the geometry of single point Ask the students to explain the
cutting tool using nomenclature geometry of single point cutting tool using
2.5 Explain the specification of various nomenclature
types of cutting tools in TSO standard Ask the students to explain the
system. specification of various types of cutting
2.6 State the factors which affect tool tools in TSO standard system.
life Ask the students to state the factors
that affect tool life.
180
Contact Hours:
1hr/wk
General Objective: 3.0 Understand the operation and application of capstan and turret lathes
3.1 Describe capstan and turret lathes Ask the students to describe capstan
3.2 Compile: and turret lathes
a. block diagram of a Ask the students to compile
capstan lathe to show a. block diagram of a
the motions and capstan lathe to show
adjustments, the the motions and
arrangement of steps; adjustments, the
b. a schematic diagram arrangement of steps;
to show the power b. schematic diagram to
transmission from the show the power
input shaft to the work transmission from the
and to the cutting tools input shaft to the work
3 3.3 Explain the differences between a and to the cutting tools
capstan and turret lathe, and state the Ask the students to explain the
applications of each. differences between a capstan and turret
3.4 Identify the purpose of the following lathe, and state the applications of each.
common tools boxes, dia heads, floating Ask the students to identify the purpose
reamers, knee holders, boring bars, of the following common tools boxes, dia
form tool holders etc. heads, floating reamers, knee holders,
3.5 List three types of chalcks and state boring bars, form tool holders etc.
their uses.
3.6 State the uses of driving dog and
fish plate.
3.7 Define floor to floor time for
machining a component.
181
Contact Hours:
1hr/wk
General Objective: 4.0 Understand the principles and applications of copy turning lathe
4.1 Define copy turning and copy Ask the students to define copy turning
turning lathe and copy turning lathe
4.2 Explain the operating principles of Ask students to explain the operating
copy turning lathe principles of copy turning lathe
4.3 Sketch and describe essential Ask the students to sketch and describe
5
feature of hydraulic coping slide essential feature of hydraulic coping slide
4.4 Justify the use of copy turning with Ask the students to justify the use of
respect to other methods of machinery copy turning with respect to other
e.g. on an automatic lathe methods of machinery e.g. on an
automatic lathe.
General Objective: 5.0 Know milling operations
5.1 Describe milling operation Ask the to describe milling operation

5.2 Explain types of milling e.g. up cut, Ask the students to explain types of
down cut, gang and straddle milling millinge.g up cut, down cut, gang and
5.3 Classify milling machines straddle milling
5.4 Describe at least five types milling Ask the students to classify milling
machines (at least one from each group machines
of the classifications) Ask the students to describe at least
5.5 Explain the use of dividing head, five types milling machines (at least one
rotary table and types of indexing and from each group of the classifications)
6
how to carry out indexing using dividing Ask the students to explain the use of
head, on a universal milling machine dividing head, rotary table and types of
5.6 Explain in sequential order how a indexing and how to carry out indexing
universal milling machine and dividing using dividing head, on a universal
head can be used for (a) helical milling milling machine
(b) can milling Ask the students to explain in
sequential order how a universal milling
machine and dividing head can be used
for (a) helical milling (b) can milling
182
Contact Hours:
1hr/wk
General Objective: 6.0 Understand the construction and application of planing machines and plans
millers
6.1 Explain planing operation Ask the student to explain planing

6.2 Complete block diagrams of the operation
types and describe the essential Ask the students to complete block
features of (a) planing machines (b) diagrams of the types and describe the
7
Plano-millers essential features of (a) planing
6.3 State the types of work suitable for machines (b) Plano-millers
machines in 6.2 above Ask the students to state the types of
work suitable for machines in 6.2 above.
General Objective: 7.0 Know the types and applications of boring machines
7.1 Explain boring operations Ask the students to boring operations

7.2 Classify and list types of boring Ask the students to classify and list
machines types of boring machines
7.3 Compile block diagrams and explain Ask the students to compile block
the operating principles of the: (a) diagrams and explain the operating
horizontal boring machine (b) vertical principles of the: (a) horizontal boring
boring machine (c) jig borer machine (b) vertical boring machine (c)
7.4 Describe the operations carried out jig borer
8 in the horizontal boring machine Ask the students to describe the
7.5 Calculate the coordinates for jig operations carried out in the horizontal
boring operation boring machine
7.6 State the type of work suitable for Ask the students to calculate
the machines in 7.2 above coordinates for jig boring operation
7.7 Describe the operation of deep-hole Ask student to state the type of work
boring suitable for the machines in 7.2 above
Ask student to describe operation of
deep-hole boring
183
Contact Hours:
1hr/wk
General Objective: 8.0 Understand the principles and application of screw thread production methods
8.1 List types of screw threads Ask students to list types of screw
8.2 Explain the principles of screw threads
thread production on the capstan lathe Ask student to explain the principles of
by the following methods and screw thread production on the capstan
collapsible tape (a) die heads (b) lathe by the following methods and
chasing (c) rolling collapsible tape (a) die heads (b) chasing
8.3 Describe the following methods of (c) rolling
10 thread production (a) milling (including Ask student to describe the following
worm) (b) grinding (single rib and multi- methods of thread production (a) milling
rib wheel at the helix angle by thread in (including worm) (b) grinding (single rib
the processes to avoid interference) and multi-rib wheel at the helix angle by
8.4 Compare the relative merits by the thread in the processes to avoid
processes in 8.2 and 8.3 interference)
Ask student to compare the relative
merits by the processes in 8.2 and 8.3
General Objective: 9.0 Know principles and applications of gear cutting and gear shaping
9.1 List types of gear and methods of Ask students to list types of gear and
their cutting methods of their cutting
9.2 Explain the principles of gear cutting Ask students to explain the principles of
as the universal milling machine and the gear cutting as the universal milling
limitations of the process to the machine and the limitations of the
production of accurate gears in quality process to the production of accurate
9.3 Describe the essential features of gears in quality
the following gear cutting machine (a) Ask students to describe the essential
shaping (b) planning (c) hobing features of the following gear cutting
9.4 Explain the operating principles of machine (a) shaping (b) planning (c)
11
the machines outlined in 9.3 for cutting hobing
spur gears Ask students to explain the operating
9.5 Explain the range of other standard principles of the machines outlined in 9.3
profiles which may be produced on the for cutting spur gears
machines in 9.3 Ask students to identify the range of
9.6 State the factors, which influence other standard profiles which may be
the choice of each process in 9.3. produced on the machines in 9.3
Ask students to state the factors which
influence the choice of each process in
9.3
9.7 Define gear finishing Illustrate with diagrams and make
9.8 Outline the following methods of notes.
gear finishing and give reasons why this
process may be necessary
184
Contact Hours:
1hr/wk
General Objective 10.0: Understand the principles and applications of broaching
10.1 Explain broaching Illustrate with diagrams and make notes
10.2 List and classify broaching Assess the students
machines
10.3 Explain the operating principles of
the broaching machine
10.4 List and explain the features
(nomenclature) of a standard broach
10.5 Enumerate the factors which
13 influence broach design
10.6 Describe the technique of internal
and surface broaching
10.7 Produce a labelled outline drawing
or sketch showing essential features of
a typical internal broach
10.8 Justify the use of the broaching
process with respect to other machining
processes
General Objective: 11.0 Understand the principles and application of EDM, ECM and Ultrasonic
machining
11.1 Explain the principles of the Ask students to explain the principles of
following machines (a) EDM (b) ECM (c) the following machines (a) EDM (b) ECM
Ultrasonic (c) Ultrasonic
11.2 List the materials and components Ask students to list the materials and
which may be produced on the components which may be produced on
machines in 11.1 the machines in 11.1
11.3 State the advantages and Ask students to state the advantages
14 limitations of the processes in 11.1 as and limitations of the processes in 11.1
compared with conventional machining. as compared with conventional
11.4 Compare the characteristics of the machining.
processes (or machines) in 11.1 in Ask students to compare the
terms of (a) tool wear (b) work finish (c) characteristics of the processes (or
metal removal rates machines) in 11.1 in terms of (a) tool
wear (b) work finish (c) metal removal
rates
185
Contact Hours:
1hr/wk
General Objective 12.0: Know the sources of moulding processes in common use
12.1 Describe, with the aid of sketches, Ask students to describe, with the aid of
the principles of the following moulding sketches, the principles of the following
processes for plastic in common use: moulding processes for plastic in
(a) compression (b) transfer (c) injection common use: (a) compression (b)
12.2 Compare the advantages and transfer (c) injection
limitations of the processes in 12.1 Ask students to compare the
15 12.3 State the sources of danger in advantages and limitations of the
using the moulding processes in processes in 12.1
12.4 List the forms of supply of plastic Ask students to state the sources of
raw materials danger in using the moulding processes
in 12.1
Ask students to list the forms of supply
of plastic raw materials
186
Machine Tools Processes

(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 2
Course: MACHINE TOOLS PROCESSES Course Code: MEM 222
hrs/wk
General Objective 1.0 Demonstrate skills in metal cutting

Week
1.1 Carryout experiment involving Tool 7 Demonstrate for the students Tool Dynamometer
1-3 Dynamometer, to measure the actual cutting to learn and ask them to
speed, force, etc. perform the activity.
2.0 Demonstrate skills in the use of Lathe machines
2.1 Estimate the floor to floor time for the Demonstrate activities 2.1 to Lathe machine and
production a simple component on capstan 2.4 for the students to learn its accessories
lathe, using a selection of the different tooling. and ask the students to Practical guide.
2.2 Prepare an operation sheet (working carryout all the activities.
sheet) and the tool layout for the machining of Assess the students.
a typical engineering component, that will
involve turning, thread cutting, drilling,
4-6 chamfering, etc.
2.3 Carryout familiarization procedure on a
capstan and turret lathes in respect of setting
the tooling in the correct sequence to produce
a simple component.
2.4 Carryout cylindrical turning, drilling,
threading, parting, chamfering, etc. on a turret
machine using turret index head.
3.0 Demonstrate skills in the use of milling machine
3.1 Carryout familiarization procedure relating Demonstrate activities 3.1 Milling machines
to the milling of constant rise lobes on plate and 3.2 for the students to and its accessories
7-9 cans learn and ask them to carry out Practical guide.
3.2 Carryout milling of hexagonal-headed the activities.
bolts. Assess the students.
187
(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 2
hrs/wk
4.0 Demonstrate skills in planning operations
4.1 Carryout familiarization procedure relating Demonstrate activities 4.1 to Planning machines
to the planning of an engineering component. 4.2 for the students to learn Plane - millers
4.2 Carryout planning of an engineering and ask them to perform all the Practical guide.
component with planning machine and plane activities.
millers.
5.0 Demonstrate skills in Boring operations
5.1 Carryout familiarization procedure relating Demonstrate activities 5.1 Boring tools
to the boring of an engineering component. and 5.2 for the students to Practical guide
10 - 12 5.2 Perform boring operation of an learn and ask them to carryout
engineering component. the activities.
6.0 Demonstrate Skills in screw thread production
7.9 Carryout familiarization procedure relating Demonstrate activities 6.1 to Lathe made and
to screw thread production. 6.2 for the students to learn accessories
7.10 Perform scfrew thread cutting operation and ask them to carryout the Threading tools
in a given component. activities. Practical guide.
7.0 Demonstrate skills in Gear cutting and shaping
7.1 Carryout familiarization procedure relating Demonstrate activities 7.1 to Gear cutting and
to Gear cutting and shaping 7.4 for the students to learn shaping machine.
7.2 Carryout an exercise each involving spur and ask them to perform all the
13 - 15 and helical gear cutting. activities.
7.3 Demonstrate spur gear shaping on a gear Assess the students
shaping machine.
7.4 Cut a helical gear by the hobbing method.
188
(OPTION)
Contact Hours: 2
hrs/wk
8.0 Demonstrate skills in broaching operations
8.1 Carryout familiarization procedures Demonstrate activities 8.1 to Broaching machine

relating to broaching operation in broaching 8.3 for the students to learn
machine. and ask them to perform the
8.2 Design a simple broach from given data activities.
8.3 Perform a broaching operation in a given Assess the students.
component.
189
Press and Cutting Tools Design
Contact Hours:
Course: PRESS & CUTTING TOOLS DESIGN Course Code: MEM 423
(2,0,2)
General Objective: 1.0 Appreciate the basic principles of press tool design
Week
1.1 Define the three different ways of Ask the student to explain the three Recommended
working sheet metal in press-shearing, different ways of working sheet metal textbook
bending drawing. in press-shearing, bending drawing Chalkboard
1.2 Illustrate the progressive deformation Ask the students to illustrate the Chalk
and the development of a shearing progressive deformation and the Duster
structure during the shearing process. development of a shear structure Lecture notes
1.3 Sketch typical load penetration graph during the shearing press. Visual aid.
1 for shearing. Ask the students to describe shear
1.4 Illustrate the effect of clearance on as applied to press tools
the piercing of a moderately doctile
metal.
1.5 Write an expression for the estimated
work required for shearing
1.6 Describe shear as applied to press
tools
1.7 Calculate the amount of shear to be Ask the students using an example
incorporated on a die in order to reduce to calculate the amount of shear to be
the work required for shearing incorporated on die to reduce the work
1.8 Explain the concept of the required for shearing
displacement of the neutral plane during Ask the students to explain the
2 bending of a bar concept of the displacement of the
1.9 Sketch a press tool for a simple neutral plane during bending of a bar
bending operation. Ask student to sketch a press tool for
1.10 Illustrate the load conditions a simple bending operation.
required to produces a bend. Ask students to illustrate the load
conditions required to produce a bend.
190
Contact Hours:
(2,0,2)
General Objective: 1.0 Appreciate the basic principles of press tool design
Week
1.11 Derive an expression for the Ask students to explain the terms
bending load a. set the bends
1.12 Give an expression for the b. flatten (planishing)
maximum punch load required to over- the workpiece
come the friction between the component c. bottom the press as
and the die walls. used in bending
1.13 Explain the terms set the bends, Ask the students to draw and show
flatten (planish) the workpiece, bottom the basic features of a metal drawing
the press as used in bending operation including (a) punch (b) blank
1.14 Write an expression for the diameter (c) cut (d) die
planishing force Ask the students to illustrate the
1.15 Describe a feature of cold bending tooling principles involved in drawing.
known as spring back Ask the students to explain the
1.16 Outline ways of countering spring- wearing of drawing ratio and the two
back in bending properties which principally determine
1.17 Show the basic features of a metal- how well a metal may draw.
drawing operationi.e. punch, blank Ask the students to draw and show
diameter, cut, die. the basic features of a metal drawing
1.18 Illustrate the deforming stresses in operation including (a) punch (b) black
metal drawing. diameter (c) cut (d) die.
1.19 Illustrate the tooling principles
involved in drawing.
1.20 State the meaning of drawing ratio
as applied to drawing.
1.21 State two properties, which
principally determine how well a metal,
may draw.
1.22 Develop an empirical formula for the Ask students to carry out calculations
punch load during drawing on drawing exercise using the
1.23 Carry out calculations on drawing developed empirical formula
1.24 Describe the following ways of Ask the students to explain the
deepening the cup after the first draw, following ways of deepening the cup
redrawing, ironing, pressure sinking after the first drawing
6
1.25 Explain the need of lubrication in a. redrawing
drawing. b. ironing
c. pressure
d. sinking
Ask the students to explain principles
of lubrication in drawing.
191
Contact Hours:
(2,0,2)
General Objective: 2.0 Understand the principles of cutting as applied to single-point cutting known
as oblique cutting
2.1 Illustrate the general case of cutting Ask the students to illustrate via a
known as orthogonal cutting. sketch the following: (a) feed (b)
2.2 Analysis he geometry of a single primary motion (c) work surface (d)
point cutting tool transient surface (e) machined surface
2.3 Illustrate the elements of a single (f) depth of cut
point tooli.e. flank, cutting edge, cutting Ask the students to outline the
part, shank, face base, height, width. conditions that favour the formation of
2.4 Sketch the wedge-cutting action and the three types of chip
shear plane of a single-point cutting Ask the students to outline the
edge. advantages and the limitations of
2.5 Explain the following general cutting positive and negative rake cutting.
7 - 10 terms feed, primary motion, work
surface, transient surface, machined
surface, depth of cut.
2.6 Describe the three types of a drip
formation,i.e. continuous, continuous
with built-up edge and discontinuous.
2.7 Outline the conditions that favour the
formation of each of the three types of
chip in 2.6
2.8 State the use of positive and
negative rake cutting taking into account
their limitations and advantages.
192
Contact Hours:
(2,0,2)
as oblique cutting
2.9 Indicate on a sketch, the forces Ask students to draw a sketch of a

acting on a single-point cutting tool single point cutting tool indicating the
2.10 Sketch a single-component cutting forces acting on it.
tool dynamometer Ask the students to sketch a single
2.11 Describe the operation of the component cutting tool dynamometer
dynamometer in 2.10 Ask the students to explain the
2.12 Illustrate the chip formation and operation of the dynamometer in 2.10
force systems as stipulated by Ask the students to draw the vector
merchanti.e. to include forces at the diagram of velocities at the cutting tool
shear plane, and the cutting force and tip of the exercise above and to also
thrust force determine the velocity components
2.13 Draw merchants theory diagram Ask the students to explain the seven
2.14 Determine using merchants theory factors that affect the cutting process
the cutting forces and how.
11 - 12
2.15 Illustrate by a worked example, Ask the students to explain the
merchant analysis of work done in following with respect to cutting
cutting. process
2.16 Draw the vector diagram of a. metal removal rate
velocities of the cutting tool tip b. specific cutting
2.17 Determine workdone in shearing pressure
metal, against friction, and power
consumed during cutting
2.18 State the factors that affect the
cutting process
2.19 Explain how the seven factors in
2.19 affect the cutting process.
2.20 Define metal removal rate and
specific cutting pressure.
193
Contact Hours:
(2,0,2)
as oblique cutting
2.21 Show the relationship between Ask the students to explain the
specific cutting pressure with feels and relationship between specific cutting
rake angle pressure with feeds and rake angle
2.22 Determine specific cutting pressure Ask the students by way of exercise
given other parameters to determine the specific cutting when
2.23 Analyse tool life, tool life criteria, given other parameters.
tool failure and tool wear Ask the students to explain the
2.24 Represent the relationship between following:
cutting speed and tool cutting speed and tool life (b) tool life criteria (c) tool
13
tool life by the Taylors empirical Law wear
2.25 Describe the parameters in Taylors Ask the students to explain the
Empirical law parameters in Taylors empirical law
2.26 Illustrate graphically Taylors tool life Ask the students to illustrate Taylors
law tool life law graphically using example
2.27 Determine the constant in Taylors and also to carry out calculation on
tool life equation given the required tool life
cutting test data
2.28 Carry out calculation on tool life
194
Contact Hours:
(2,0,2)
General Objective: 3.0 Know the materials used for cutting tools and appreciate the factors affecting
their choice
3.1 List the five materials used for cutting Ask the students to explain the four
tools requirements of cutting tools materials.
3.2 State the four requirements of cutting Ask the students describe any four
tools materials materials used for cutting tools.
3.3 List the factors affecting the choice of Ask the students to explain the
a particular cutting tool material for factors that affect the choice of a
applications particular cutting tool for a particular
3.4 Discuss the cutting tool materials in application.
3.1 taking into considerations such Ask the students to explain two of the
factors as composition performance variable that can be used to indicate
advantages and disadvantages, further machinability
development, specific characteristics, Ask the students to explain how heat
their applications treatment, micro structures, industrial,
14
3.5 Define the machinability a work hardness and toughness of material
material affect their machinability
3.6 State two of the four variables that
can be used to indicate machinabilityi.e
tool life, finish, metal removal rate, power
required
3.7 Describe how the following
conditions of the material affect the
machinability, heat-treatment,
composition, microstructures inclusions,
and hardness, aid toughness.
3.8 Describe the machinability ratings
when used to indicate machinability
195
Contact Hours:
(2,0,2)
General Objective: 4.0 Understand the general principles of tool design
4.1 Explain the general principles of tool Ask students to outline the general
design involving such consideration as principles of tool design
strength heat dissipation and geometry Ask the students to explain motion
4.2 Describe motion study as applied to study as applied in tool design
15
tool design
4.3 Analyse the economics of tool design
such as tooling cost to quantity and rate
of production

(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
2-0-2
General Objective
Week
1.1 Demonstrate the progressive Demonstrate activities 1.1 to 1.6 for Practical
deformation and development of a shearing the students to learn and ask them to guide.
structure during shearing process. perform the activities.
1.2 Demonstrate the effect of clearance on Assess the students.
the piercing of a moderately ductile metal.
1.3 Demonstrate the load conditions
required to produce a band.
1-7
1.4 Identify the basic features of metal
draining operationi.e. punch black diameter,
cut, die.
1.5 Demonstrate the deforming stresses in
metal drawing.
1.6 Identify the tooling principles involved in
drawing.
196
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
2-0-2
2.0 Demonstrate skills in Oblique cutting
2.1 Demonstrate the general case of cutting Demonstrate activities 2.1 to 2.3 for Single point
known as orthozonal cutting. the students to learn and ask them to tool
2.2 Identify the elements of a single point practise the activities. Lathe
8 - 10 tooli.e flank, cutting edge, cutting part, Assess the students.
shank, face, base, height, width.
2.3 Demonstrate the chip formation and
force systems as stipulated by merchant.
3.0 Demonstrate skills in tool design
3.1 Use the general principles of tool design Demonstrate activities 3.1 to 3.4 for Design guide.
involving such consideration as strength, the students to learn and ask than to
heat dissipation and geometry. carryout the activities.
3.4 Demonstrate motion study as applied to Assess the students.
tool design
11-15
3.5 .Demonstrate the economics of tool
design such as tooling cost to quantity and
rase of production.
3.6 Carryout the design consideration and
analysis of any cutting tool.
197
Environmental Engineering

(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING Course Code: MEC 411
(1,1,0)
Course Specific: Theoretical Content
General Objective: Understand the various types of Environmental pollution and their effects on the
Week environment
Specific Learning Outcome Teacher Activities Resources
1.1 Define pollution in general and Ask the students to explain Environmental
environmental pollution in general and control apparatus
1.2 Pollution in particular environmental pollution in Recommended
1.2 Define pollutants and state relationship particular textbooks
Ask the student to differentiate
between pollution and pollutants Lecture notes
between pollution and pollutants
1.3 Describe what constitute environmental Chalk, chalkbioard,
1-2 Ask students to analyse what
pollution Duster
constitute environmental
1.4 State pollution levels expected in various Visual aids.
pollution
work environments and show how they can Ask the student to state
be measured with reference to 1.3 above acceptable pollution level in
various work environment and
carry out measurement
1.5 State the effects of pollutants on plants, Ask the students to state the
human beings, animals and materials effect of pollutants on plants,
1.6 Explain the physiological implication of human beings, animals and
pollution in work environment materials

Ask the students to explain the
physiological and psychological
implication of pollution in work
environment
General Objective 2.0: Understand various types of pollution
2.2 Describe chemical, thermal, radioactive Ask the students to explain the Solid waste
and noise pollution social implications of the various compactor
2.3 Explain the social implications of 2.2 types of pollution
above Ask the students to explain the
2.4 Explain the meaning of hazardous waste meaning of hazardous waste
2.5 State sources of hazardous wastes Ask the students to enumerate
2.6 List hazardous wastes (radioactive, sources of hazardous wasted as
chemical, biological, Flammable etc) well as list the different types.
198
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
(1,1,0)
General Objective: 3.0 Know the generation of liquid wastes
3.1 Describe sources and types of liquid Ask the students to state
waste sources and types of liquid
3.2 Explain the composition of liquid and Wastes.
solid wastes Ask the students to discuss
3.1 Describe the generation rate of liquid and generation rate, different ways
3 solid wastes of measuring as well as factors
3.2 Classify modes of measurement of 3.3 affecting liquid waste
e.g. (i) measure of Volume/flow rate (ii) Ask the students to discuss on
Statistical analysis generation rate site handling of liquid and solid
wastes for residential and
commercial premises.
General Objective 4.0: Understand the methods of onsite handling storage and processing of liquid
and solid waste
4.1 Explain public health and aesthetics Ask the students to explain
4.2 Describe the method of onsite handling method of storage
for (i) Residential Premises (ii) commercial Discussion site processing
premises methods e.g. grinding shedding
4
4.3 Describe the methods of onsite
processing,e.g. grinding, serving
Compaction, shredding and composting,
chemical and biological.
General Objective 5.0: Know the method of solid and liquid waste collection
5.1 Describe collection services Ask the students to explain Standard collection
5.2 Describe collection systems, equipment what is a collection service. BIN (WASCO)
and labour requirement Ask the students to list
5.3 List collection systems, e.g., hauled collection systems
5
container system and stationary collection Ask the student to analyse
systems collection systems and
5.4 Analyse collection systems collection routes
5.5 Determine collection routes
199
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
(1,1,0)
General Objective 6.0: Understand the methods of transfer and transport of solid and liquid wastes
6.1 Explain the need for transfer stations Ask the students to explain the \Dust Bin Truck
6.2 Describe transfer stations need for transfer operations Incinerator
6.3 Describe transport means and methods Ask the students to discuss
6.4 Determine the location of transfer transfer stations and location of
stations transfer station
General Objective 7.0: Understand the methods and equipment for solid and liquid waste processing
7.1 State purpose of processing Ask the students the reason for
7.2 Describe the methods of processing solid and liquid waste
a. mechanical volume processing
reduction(ii) chemical volume Analyses different methods of
6-7
reduction processing
b. mechanical size Discuss with the student s
reduction(iv) component method of drying and watering
separation
General Objective: 8.0 Understand the source and utilization of various forms of energy form the
waste materials
8.1 Review the principles of conservation of Discuss principle of PowerPoint projector

energy conservation of energy
8.2 List the forms of energy available in Ask the students forms of
various forms of pollutants such as in solid energy in various forms of
waste, air, etc. pollutants
9-13 8.3 Explain the process of energy conversion Explain materials that can be
in 9.2 re-cycled
8.4 Identify materials that can be re-cycled, Ask the students to explain
e.g., waste paper, waste cloth, gully water, processing and recovery system
etc.
8.5 Describe land reclamation process
200
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
(1,1,0)
General Objective: 8.0 Understand the source and utilization of various forms of energy form the
waste materials
8.6 Describe the processing and recovery Discuss with student process
systems flow sheet and explain process
8.7 Draw the process flow sheet of incineration with heat
8.8 Explain the process of incineration with recovery
heat recovery
8.9 Define and describe pyrolysis and
incineration pyrolysis in energy conversion
General Objective 9.0: Understand the steps in implementing Environmental Standards
9.1 Benefits of environmental management: Ask students to design

Cost, Marketing overview of requirements under
Customer, Employees, Local Community. ISO headings for a small local
9.2 Environmental Review: Flow process company.
14-15 diagrams, mass balance, quantifying Assess.
complaints, summating disposal cost,
assessing significance.
9.3 Environmental matrix scoring: Normal
and other operations, contingency planning.
9.4 Environmental policy: Management

responsibility, objectives and targets,
External Communication, Audit period.
9.5 ISO 14,000 Certification: Management,
Policy, Organisation, Effects, objectives and
targets, training programme, procedure
manual, records, Audits, Reviews
201
Material Handling

(OPTION)
Contact
Course: MATERIAL HANDLING Course Code: MEM 424
Hours: (1,1,0)
General Objective: 1.0 Understand reasons for proper material handling

Week
1.1 Define material handling Ask the students to:

1.2 Explain the concept of material handling List objectives of material handling
1.3 List objective of material handling and State the three basic factors which
relate them to cost, labour, work-in-progress, influence the handling of any material
production control, damages, etc Explain the essential differences
1.4 Explain the three basic factors which between production handling and
influence the handling of any material warehouse handling
1.5 Explain the essential differences between Describe situation where material
production handling (dynamism or mechanical) handling is needed
1-2 and warehouse handling (staticism) Outline relationship between
1.6 Describe situations where material handling various functions such as information
is needed (workplace or between workplace; handling, stock control, order
departmentale.t.c through the factory or processing involved in material
warehouse and inter-Organisation-receipt of handling
goods from suppliers, delivery to customers.
1.7 Out line the relationship between the
various functions such as information handling
function, stock control, order processing, etc
involved in material handling
202
(OPTION)
Contact
Hours: (1,1,0)
General Objective 2.0: Understand the various material handling methods and equipment
2.1 List and explain material handling methods Ask the students to:
such as (i) serial picking, parallel picking, FIFO List various materials handling
and LIFO equipment
2.2.List the merits and demerits of the methods Explain the terms FIFO and LIFO
of handling in 2.1 State merits and demerits of
2.3 Classify all types of material handling methods of handling in 2.1
equipment into overhead equipment, conveyor Classify all types of material
or trucks. handling into overhead equipment,
3-4
2.3 Determine factors affecting selection of conveyor or trucks.
equipment listed in 2.3 State factors affecting selection of
2.4 Describe out least five storage systems equipment listed in 2.3
such bin, shelf, pallet, bar rock, flat support Ask the students to:
system, adjustable rack, etc. Describe five storage systems as
2.5 Explain the use of demontable bodies in well as explain the use of
material handling demonstrate bodies in material
handling
General Objective: 3.0 Understand the packing technique and technologies in total material handling
3.1 Explain packaging technique Ask the students to:

3.2 Define and describe string wrapping Explain packing techniques and
cushioning, and secondary packaging. technologies in total material
3.3 Describe the essential features of handling

Define and describe string
automated Warehousing.
wrapping, cushioning, and secondary
3.4 Outline the relationship between plant
packaging.
layout and material handling in automation
5-6 Ask the students to: -
3.5 Explain a simple material handling system
Describe essential features of
design automated ware-housing
Outline the relationship between
plant layout and material handling in
automation
Explain a simple material handling
system design.
203
(OPTION)
Contact
Hours: (1,1,0)
General Objective: 4.0 Understand the unit load principle and turning circle calculation and their
usefulness in material handling
4.1 Define and explain unit load principle and Ask the students to:
turning circle calculation Define unit load principle and
4.2 Relate the unit load principle to Calculate the turning circle in material
Containerisation handling
4.3 Explain the various means such as weight, 2. Relate the unit load principle to
vehicle capacity, turning moment, types of containerisation
body, etc, vehicle transport related to the Ask the students to
material handling Explain various means such as
7-8 weight, vehicle, capacity, turning
moments types of body, open or
close body, etc vehicle transport
related to material handling.
How the turning circle calculation is
used to solve loading problems
associated with rigid body and
articulated body vehicles up to 48
footer
204
(OPTION)
Contact
Hours: (1,1,0)
General Objective: 5.0 Know the causes and ways of preventing common injuries associated with
Manual handling
5.1 State the types of injuries that are Ask the students to:
associated with manual handling 1. State courses and ways of
5.2 State the general guidelines that can be preventing common
given to those who handle materials manually. injuries associated with Manual
5.3 Explain the correct application of the six handling
basic principles essential for safe method of State the general guidelines for
manual handling of load those who handle Materials
5.4 Outline the important of Team lifting and manually.
10- 12 carrying Explain the correct application of
5.5 Explain the methods of handling the six basic principles of the six
basic principles essential for safe
method Manual handling of loads.
Ask the students to: -
Outline the important of team lifting
and carrying
Explain methods of handling
specific shapes
General Objective: 6.0 Understand the basic principle of First Aid.
6.1 State the various types of accessories for State the various types of First Aid Kit
manual handling accessories for manual handling First Aid Kit
6.2 Describe simple methods of First Aid. Ask the students to:
6.3 Explain and apply the techniques of State the basic principles of First
treating minor injuries; e.g. fresh wound, simple Aid
13 Fracture, burns electric shock, etc. Describe simple method of First Aid
6.4 Explain and apply the technique of Explain and apply the techniques of
application of artificial respiration treating minor injuries e.g. Fresh
wound, simple fracture, burns, etc
Explain and apply the technique of
application Of artificial respiration
205
(OPTION)
Contact
Hours: (1,1,0)
General Objective 7.0: Understand the safety and effective maintenance of material handling
equipment
7.1 Outline the safety and effective Ask the students to:
maintenance of materials handling equipment Outline the safety effective
7.2 Identify simple causes of equipment maintenance of materials handling
breakdown and describe their methods of equipment
14 repair. State simple causes of equipment
7.3 Explain materials handling code of practice breakdown and describe their
methods of repair
Explain materials handling code of
practices
General Objective 8.0: Understand the various cost involved in Material handling.
8.1 List various cost centres in material Ask the students to: -
handling List various cost centres in material
8.2 Establish material handling costs handling
8.3 Relate costs to stock control policy Establish material handling costs.
15 8.4 Relate cost to order of processing Ask the students to relate costs to
(information handling, documentation cost, etc) stock control policy and to order of
processing information handling,
documentation cost,
Etc.
206
Jigs, Fixture and Tool Design
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MANUFACTURING

(OPTION))
Contact Hours:
COURSE: JIGS, FIXTURE DESIGN Course Code MEM425
(2,0,2)
General Objective 1.0: Know the basic principles of jigs and fixtures
Week
1.1 State the purpose and application of Ask the students to explain the Blackboard
jigs and fixtures purpose and application of jigs and ruler (lm)
1.2 Differentiate between jigs and fixtures fixtures. Blackboard
1.3 State the basic principles of location Ask the students to differentiate compass
between jigs and fixtures.
with reference to the six degrees of Adjustable
Ask the students to explain the basic
freedom. square
principles of location with reference to
1.4 List the main elements of design of jig A set of square
the six degrees of freedom.
and fixture (45o 60o)
1-5 Ask students to list the main elements
1.5 Explain the method of Location of design of jig and fixture. Duster
utilizing the surface of the component e.g. Ask students to explain the method of Chalk
flat, external, cylindrical, and bore location utilizing the surface of the
1.6 Describe the following specific component e.g. flat, external etc.
treatment methods and device, pin and Ask students to describe the various
button, rest pad, and plates, nest or cavity locating methods and device e.g. pin
location stop screws and button rest pad, location screws
rest etc..
General Objective 2.0: Understand the Operation of jigs
2.1 List the basic components of a jig. Ask the students to list the basic
2.2 State the advantages of using jigs component of a jig.
2.3 Describe the operation of a typical jig Ask the students to state the
6-9
advantages of using jigs
Ask the students to describe the
operations of a typical jig.
2.4 Describe the following methods of jig Ask the students to differentiate
construction: build-up construction, between the method of build-up,
fabricated and cast construction construction and fabricated and cast
10 - 11
construction of jig.
Ask the student to describe the
methods in 2.4 above.
207
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MANUFACTURING
(OPTION))
Contact Hours:
COURSE: JIGS, FIXTURE DESIGN Course Code MEM425
(2,0,2)
General Objective 2.0: Understand the Operation of jigs
Design jigs for the manufacture of

simple components
Ask students to design jigs for the
manufacture. Four simple components
one for each week.
General Objective 3.0: Understand the Operation of Fixtures
3.1 List the basic component parts of Ask the students to list the basic
fixtures. components parts of fixtures.
3.2 Describe the following types of Ask the students the following types
12 - 15
fixtures: vice and fixtures for milling, of fixtures: vice and fixtures for milling,
boring, broaching, grinding and welding boring, broaching, grinding and
welding.
3.3 Design fixtures for locating and Ask the students to design fixtures for
damping simple components locating and damping four simple
components one per week.
208
Machine Assembly Installation & Commissioning
COURSE: MACHINE ASSEMBLY CONTACT HRS:

INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING 2hrs/wk
COURSE SPECIFIC: THEORETICAL CONTENT
General Objective: 1.0 Know the different types of devices for machine Installation
Week
1.1 Describe different types of spirit Discuss the different types of spirit levels Theodilite
levels Distinguish the difference between Autocollimator
1.2 Describe the use of theodilite theodilite and autocollimator Optical square block
and/or autocollimator in obtaining Describe their uses: shims, levelling Leveling wedges
levels of a surface plates, adjustable levelling pads and to adjustable levelling
1
1.3 Describe shims, levelling plates explain their uses pods
and adjustable levelling pads and Ask students to:
explain their uses a. Explain levelling
1.4 Describe the use of wedges wedges
b. describe their uses
General Objective 2.0: Know how to prepare foundations for machines from foundation drawing
2.1 Interpret foundation plan and Describe the following: (a) Interpretation
prepare template from it. of foundation plan drawing (b) preparation
2.2 Explain how to locate foundation of template from the foundation plan
bolts with and without the template drawing.
2.3 Describe the different types of Discuss the following: (a) location of
foundation bolts and their uses foundation bolts using the template (b)
2.4 Describe the different methods location of foundation bolts without using
of securing foundation bolts e.g. the template
2
(raw bolts, flush ankles etc) (a) describe the different types of
2.5 Explain the need to isolate foundation bolts (b) state their uses
foundation with the use of materials Describe the different methods of
such as cork, etc. securing foundation bolts
Discuss and illustrate (a) the need for
isolation of some machine foundations (b)
list some materials needed for machine
foundation isolation
209

General Objective 2.0: Know how to prepare foundations for machines from foundation drawing
2.6 Explain the construction of form- Explain the following: (a) the need for
work for foundation concrete form-work of machine foundation (b) the
2.7 Explain the method of pouring construction of form-work for machine
foundation concrete and use of foundation (c) the materials, required for
3
vibrators the construction of the concrete form work
Explain (a) the procedure of pouring
foundation concrete (b) use of rammers
and mechanical vibrators
General Objective 3.0: Know installation and commissioning of machines
3.1 Explain material handling of a Discuss what materials entails during Spirit levels parallel
machine tool during installation installation strips levelling
3.2 Explain the importance of the List out the various material handling wedges levelling
following operations before equipment and the accessories required plates/pads
installation: (a) unpacking (b) Discuss the importance of unpacking,
inspection (c) breakage/damage inspection and breakage, damage report
reports State the necessary action to be taken
4 3.3 Explain the need of removing when variation are found in (b) or when
preventive coatings and rust breakage/damage occur.
3.4 Describe methods of levelling a Explain why preventive coatings and rust
machine tool e.g. a lathe, using need to be removed.
installation devices in 1.0 Ask the students to sketch the levelling
3.5 Illustrate the methods in 3.4 with methods
sketches Define alignment and state the
3.6 Define machine alignment importance in machine building
210

General Objective 3.0: Know installation and commissioning of machines
3.7 Explain methods of aligning Discuss the methods of aligning a typical

machine tool components compound of machine tool e.g. cross slide
3.8 Explain gout and describe the of milling machine etc.
method of gouting a machine tool Explain the method of gouting a lathe or
(e.g. lathe or drilling machine) drilling machine
3.9 Describe methods of find State the precaution to be taken during
levelling and alignment on 3.4 and and after gouting in other to maintain the
3.9 level of the machine.
3.10 Explain necessary Understand final levelling and alignment
preparations for commissioning e.g. on machine tools and state the necessary
(a) cleaning of machine tool (b) precaution
supply of necessary lubricants (c) Discuss the following in preparation for
preparing test piece and test report commissioning of machine tools (a)
5
format (d) ensuring correct electrical proper cleaning of the machine
connections specifically the guide ways appropriate (b)
3.11 Explain idle running of machine lubricants required for the various gear
tool and the preparation of no-load - boxes slide ways and stuffing boxes (c)
test report Format for test report and test piece
3.12 Explain load-test using work preparation (d) correct electrical
piece and the preparation of load- connection.
test report Explain: (a) idle running of machine tools
(b) No-load-test report.
Discuss load-test and load-test report;
compare test results with standard
specific in the test chart of the machine in
all cases.
3.13 Explain with illustration the Discuss and illustrate the equipment
equipment acceptance certificate acceptance certificate.
6-7
State the importance of equipment
acceptance of equipment certificate
211
General Objective 4.0: Appreciate maintenance systems, their planning and scheduling
4.1 Define maintenance Define maintenance
4.2 Name and describe the different Describe the various maintenance
types of maintenance strategies e.g. strategies in 4.2 and state the advantages
preventive, planned, breakdown, of each
shut down, running and contract. Discuss the roles of each of the
4.3 Explain the roles of each of the maintenance systems in 4.2
maintenance systems in 4.2 Explain the following (a) importance of
4.4 Explain the importance of maintenance in industries (b) benefits
maintenance in industries and the derived from a successful maintenance
benefit derived from a successful system.
8-9
maintenance system Differentiate between: maintenance
4.5 Define maintenance planning planning and scheduling and define each
and scheduling of them.
4.6 Explain the role of forecasting in Explain the role of forecasting in
maintenance planning maintenance planning
4.7 Explain the scheduling of Discuss the scheduling of planned and
planned and preventive preventive maintenance
maintenance What are the advantages to be gained in
scheduling planned and preventive
maintenance?
General Objective 5.0: Know functions of maintenance stores and material control
5.1 Explain the functions of Explain the functions of maintenance
maintenance stores stores
5.2 Classify machine spare-parts Discuss the classification of machine
and consumables spare-parts and consumables
5.3 Explain the objective of material Explain the objectives of the following:
control documentation (a) material control (b) material
10-11 5.4 Explain the problems relating to documentation in a machine spare-parts
the operation of maintenance stores maintenance store.
(e.g. organizational and procedure Discuss the problems relating to
problems) operation of maintenance stores in: (a)
5.5 Define stock control and the use organizational (b) procedural
of Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) Define the formulae for the Economic
Order Quantity (EOQ)
212

General Objective 6.0: Understand the importance of maintenance reports and records
6.1 State guidelines for State guidelines for maintenance

maintenance reporting reporting
6.2 Develop format for reporting and Guidelines should reflect the type of
evaluating maintenance work maintenance strategy been operated in a
12 6.3 State and analyse equipment particular system
records for periodic replacement of State the benefits derived from the
parts and lubrications analysis of records from equipment
manuals with respect to parts and
lubricants replacement.
General Objective 7.0: Machine Assembling and Dismantling techniques
7.1 State types of assembly lines

(e.g. non-mechanized (manual,
mechanized, semi-automatic and
automatic assembly lines
7.2 Explain the assembly lines in
7.1
7.3 Draw typical assembly lines to
illustrate the inter-relationship
14
between assembly and work
stations
7.4 Explain assembly flow-chart for
a typical machine
7.5 List and describe simple
assembly toolse.g extractor
screw driver, mallet, hydraulic or
arbor press
Revision Review the course appropriately, laying

15 more emphasis in areas of weakness of
the students
213
COURSE: MACHINE ASSEMBLY,
INSTALLATION AND COURSE CODE: MEM 426 CONTACT HRS: 2hr/wk
COMISSIONING
COURSE SPECIFIC: PRACTICAL
General Objective 1.0: Demonstrate the different types of devices for machine installation
Week
1.3 Identify shims, levelling Ask the students to identify shims, levelling Spirit level test mandrels
plates and adjustable plates and adjustable levelling plates. dial gauges parallel strips
levelling pads and explain Discuss their uses in workshop levelling wedges Hammer
their uses. Spirit level piller drilling
1.4 Demonstrate the use of machine levelling wedges
1
wedges
1.2 Demonstrate methods
of levelling a machine tool
e.g. a lathe, using
installation devices in 1.0
1.3 Carry out alignment Show wedges and demonstrate the
tools on already existing levelling of a lathe using the devices in 1.0
machine tool making use of
devices in 1.0
5
1.4 Perform the
commissioning of a simple
machine tool, (e.g. a drilling
machine)
Demonstrate the levelling of a lathe using
the devices in 1.0, consideration should be
6 given to the following: (a) test chart specific
of convexity (b) stability of the machine after
fine adjustment of levelling screws.
Demonstrate alignment tests on existing
lathe and note the following: (a) sequence of
alignment testing (b) standard test chart for
the machine (c) accuracy of test measuring
7
instruments
Ask the students to perform the installation
and commissioning of a pillar drilling
machine
1.5 Explain load test using Demonstrate load-test on machine e.g. Lathe cutting tools
workpiece and the lathe micrometer
preparation of load-test
chart
214

General Objective 2.0: Demonstrate skills in machine assembling and dismantling
2.1 Dismantle a typical Demonstrate/ask students to dismantle the Tool box complete with
machine in the workshop machine and identify the components set spanners
2.2 Clean and identify the Guide students in correct use of Micrometer venier
components of the machine instruments caliper, Test manuals,
2.3 Check the components Fellow assemble procedure of (a) group parallel strips,
in 7.7 above for dimensional assembly (b) final assembly thermometer spirit levels
8 - 10
accuracy levelling wedges
2.4 Re-assemble the
machine and check parts in
position
2.5 Test run the re-
assembled machine
215
Applied Thermodynamics
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - PLANT ENGINEERING

(OPTION)
CONTACT HOURS:
COURSE: APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS COURSE CODE: MEP 321
2hrs/wk
General Objective 1.0: Know the equations governing the flow and non-flow processes in common
Week engineering devices
1.1 State the steady flow energy equation as it Ask students to apply steady Lecture notes
applies to (a) turbine (b) compressors (c) flow energy equation to the Recommended
nozzles and diffusers (d) throttling process (e) devices mentioned textbooks
1 boilers, condensers, evaporators and other Ask students to measure exit Chalk,
heat transfer equipment velocities using different nozzle Chalkboard
1.2 Explain the assumption made in the sizes Dusters.
derivation of the equation in 1.1 above
1.3 State the non-flow energy equation for (a) Ask students to explain all the
Constant volume (b) constant pressure (c) assumptions made
2 isothermal process (PV = constant) of a perfect Ask students to state the non-
gas (d) polytropic process (PVn = constant) flow energy equation for the
processes.
General Objective: 2.0 Understand the common-thermodynamic vapour power cycles
2.1 Describe the essential processes in a Ask students to explain the Boilers steam
carnot cycle essential processes in a carnot plant.
2.2 Define specific steam consumption, work cycle
ratio and the cycle efficiency Ask students to define specific
2.3 Explain the practical difficulties in steam consumption, work ratio
3
employing the carnot cycle for a steam power and the cycle efficiency.
plant
2.4 Explain the Rankine cycle
2.5 Explain the advantages of Rankine cycle
over carnot cycle
2.6 Analyse Rankine cycle with super heat re- Ask students to explain the
heat regeneration, economizer and air pre- practical difficulties in
4
heater employing the Carnot cycle for
a steam power plant
216
(OPTION)
CONTACT HOURS:
2hrs/wk
General Objective: 2.0 Understand the common-thermodynamic vapour power cycles
Ask students to Solve

problems related to carnot cycle
Rankine cycle
advantages of Rankine cycle
over carnot cycle
5
Ask students to analyst
Rankine cycle
Ask students to solve
problems related to Rankine
cycle
Carry out experiments on
steam power plant
General Objective: 3.0 Understand the Common thermodynamic gas power cycles
3.1 Describe the Brayton/Joule cycle Ask students to describe the

3.2 Analyse the cycle in 3.1 above Brayton/Joule cycle
6
3.3 Analyse the cycle in 3.1 above with inter- Ask students to analyse the
cooling and pre-heating Brayton/Joule cycle
3.4 Describe Otto, Diesel, Dual and stirling and Ask students to analyse the
Atkinson cycles cycle in 3.1 above with inter-
3.5 Analyse cycles in 3.4 above cooling and pre-heating
7
3.6 Explain mean effective pressure Ask students to explain Otto,
compression ratio and cut-off ratio Diesel, Dual and stirling and
Atkinson cycles
217
(OPTION)
CONTACT HOURS:
2hrs/wk
General Objective: 3.0 Understand the Common thermodynamic gas power cycles
Ask students to analyse Otto
Diesel, Dual and stirling and
Atkinson cycles
Ask students to explain mean
effective pressure, compression
ratio and cut-off ratio
8
Ask students to solve related
problems
Determine experimentally the
cycle efficiencies of Otto, Diesel
and Dual cycles.
Assess
General Objective 4.0: Understand various types of compressors
4.1 Explain advantages and disadvantages of Ask students to explain Rotary
reciprocating and rotary compressors advantages and disadvantages compressor
4.2 Explain delivery pressures of reciprocating and rotary Axial compressor
4.3 Explain the need for and effect of compressors Reciprocating
9 clearance Ask students to explain Compressor
Volume in construction of compressor delivery pressures
4.4 Explain staging of compressors Ask students to explain the
4.5 Explain inter-cooling, after-cooling and need for and effect of clearance
optimum inter-stage pressures
4.6 Explain efficiencies (e.g. isothermal, Ask students to explain
isentropic) staging of compressors
inter-cooling after-cooling and
optimum inter-stage pressures
10 Ask students to explain
efficiencies
Solve problems related to
isothermal and Isentropic
efficiencies
Assess
218
(OPTION)
CONTACT HOURS:
2hrs/wk
General Objective 5.0: Understand gas turbine engines
5.1 Analyse gas turbine cycle with or without Ask students to analyse gas
reheat turbine cycle with or without
5.2 Calculate parameters such as thermal reheat
5.3 Explain the differences in the design of gas Ask students to solve
turbines for air craft and industrial applications problems related to gas turbine
5.4 Describe application of gas, turbine cycles Calculate parameters such as
for aircraft propulsion ramjet, turbojet, turbofan thermal efficiency
and turboprop engines Ask students to explain the
5.5 Enumerate the limitations of ideal gas differences in the design of gas
turbine cycle turbines for air craft and
5.6 Explain with the aid sketches the gas industrial applications
turbine Ask students to describe
11 5.7 Compare and contrast gas turbine engine various applications of gas
with the reciprocating internal combustion turbines
engines Ask students to enumerate the
limitations of ideal gas turbine
cycle
Ask students to explain with
the aid of sketches the gas
turbine engine
Ask students to compare and
contrast gas turbine engine with
the reciprocating internal
combustion engines
Assess
219
(OPTION)
CONTACT HOURS:
2hrs/wk
General Objective 6.0: Know the volumetric efficiency in relation to 4-stroke engine and solve related
problems of air capacity, power etc
6.1 Define volumetric efficiency and express it Ask students to define

algebraically volumetric efficiency and
6.2 Explain the importance of (a) inlet density express it algebraically
(b) the mach index in relation to volumetric Ask students to explain the
efficiency importance of the parameters
6.3 Explain factors influencing the volumetric listed
efficiency Ask students to explain factors
6.4 Describe the methods for determining influencing the volumetric
volumetric efficiency efficiency
14-15
Ask students to describe
methods for determining
volumetric efficiency
Ask students to solve related
problems
Prepare students for
examination by revising and
solving tutorial problems
Assess
220
(OPTION)
COURSE: APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS CONTACT HOURS

CODE: MEP 321
COURSE 2hrs/wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION: PRACTICAL CONTENTS
General Objective: Identify flow and non-flow devices and vapour power cycles
Week
1.1 Identify the following Demonstrate activities 1.1 to 1.4 Compressors

(a) Turbine for the students to learn and ask Diffusers,
(b) Compressors, them to perform all the activities. Boilers,
(c) Nozzles and Assess the students. Turbine, etc.
diffusers,
(d) Throtting process,
(e) Boilers, condensers,
1-7 evaporators.
1.2 Determine, experimentally, steam
consumption, work ratio and cycle
efficiency of steam plant.
1.3 Determine experimentally the cycle
efficiencies of Otto, Diesel and Dual
cycles.
1.4 Carryout experiments on steam plant.
2.0 Determine power out from flow devices
2.1 Carryout experiments on Demonstrate activities 2.1 to 2.3 Compressors

compressors to determine power output for the students to learn and ask Gas turbine
of a compressor then to carryout the activities. Engine test bed with
2.2 Carryout experiment to determine Assess the students. petrol and diesel
8 - 15
power output of gas turbine engines.
2.3 Determine experimentally fuel
consumption, power output on engine
test bed
221
Safety

(OPTION)
CONTACT
COURSE: SAFETY COURSE CODE: MEP 322
HOURS: (2,0,2)
General Objective 1.0: Understand the importance of safety in industry.

Week
1.1 Define industrial safety Ask students to define industrial safety. recommended
1.2 Outline the importance of accident Ask the students to outline the textbooks
prevention in industry importance of accident prevention in chalk
1.3 Explain the effect of fire and other industry. chalboard
industrial accidents on the major goal Ask the students to explain the effect of lecture notes.
of the company which is profit fire and other industrial accidents on the
1-2
maximization major goal of the company which is profit
1.4 Point out the role of shareholders, maximization
managers, supervisors and other Ask the students to point out the role of
workers in contributing towards shareholders, mangers, supervisors and
accident prevention in industry other workers in contributing towards
accident prevention in industry.
222
(OPTION)
CONTACT
HOURS: (2,0,2)
General Objective 2.0: Know the causes and ways of preventing industrial accidents not caused by
fire
2.1 Outline the various factors that Ask the students to outline the various
undermine industrial safety factors undermine industrial safety.
2.2 Explain the types of accidents that Ask the student to explain the types of
can occur while working with machinery accidents that can occur while working
and ways of preventing them. with machinery and ways of preventing
2.3 Give examples of the types of them.
accidents that can occur during welding Ask the students to give examples of
operations and the precautions to be the types of accidents that can occur
taking against them. during welding operations and the
2.4 Explain the methods of protection precautions to be taking against them.
against radiation. Ask the students to explain the
2.5 State the types of accidents that protections against radiation
are associated with storage and Ask the students to state the types of
handling of chemicals and ways of accidents that are associated with
preventing them. storage and handling of chemicals and
3-4 2.6 Outline hazards of compressed air. ways of preventing them.
2.7 Outline the general principles vital Ask the students to outline hazards of
to safety programme and general compressed air
measures of accident prevention. Ask the students to outline the general
2.8 Explain various approaches to principles vital to safety programmes and
reporting and investigating industrial general measures of accidents
accidents. prevention.
2.9 Describe the various ways of Ask students to explain various
communicating the safety message to approaches to reporting and
the people concerned investigating industrial accidents.
2.10 Explain the types of medical aid Ask the students to describe the
given to accident victims. various ways of communicating the
safety message to the people
concerned.
Ask the students to explain the types of
medical aid given to accident victims
223
(OPTION)
CONTACT
HOURS: (2,0,2)
General Objective 3.0: Appreciate what is involved in safety inspection
3.1 Define the term safety inspection. Ask students to define the term safety
3.2 Explain the term (a) Safety audits inspection
(b) Formal inspection (c) hazard Ask the students to explain the term (a)
spitting (d) Specific inspection and safety audits (b) formal inspection (c)
identify the relationship between them hazard spotting (d) Specific inspection
5-7 and the appropriate places where they and State the relationship between the
apply. appropriate places where they apply.
3.3 State who should inspect for Ask the students to identify who should
appropriate cases in 3.2 inspect to appropriate cases in 3.2
3.4 Explain the areas to concentrate Ask the students to explain areas to
during safety inspections concentrate during safety inspections.
General Objective 4.0: Appreciate the various causes and fire prevention in industry
4.1 List the causes of fire Ask the students to list the causes of
4.2 Describe electricity as a cause of fire.
fire and identify protective devices Ask the students to describe electricity
employed in electric circuits as other as a cause of fire and identify protective
means of protection for electric circuit devices employed in electric circuits as
4.3 Enumerate the factors which other means of protection for electric
constitutes to Bad house keeping in circuit
industrial and business premises and Ask students to enumerate the factory,
how they can lead to incidences of fire which constitute to Bad house keeping
4.4 Explain how heating appliance in industrial and business premises and
8-9 constitute very common fire hazard and how they can lead to incidences of fire.
how to prevent fire from them. Ask students to explain how heat
4.5 Describe or explain other causes of appliance constitute very common fire
fire in industries e.g. from welding and hazard and how to prevent fire from
cutting operations, sparks from power them
units, ignition from chemical actions, Ask students to describe or explain
smoking etc and how to prevent them. other causes of fire in industries e.g.
from welding and cutting operations
sparks from power units, ignition from
chemical action smoking etc and how to
prevent them.
224
(OPTION)
CONTACT
HOURS: (2,0,2)
General Objective 5.0: Know the various methods and proceedings in fire fighting
5.1 Define the three factors that are Ask students to define the three factors
essential for combustion to take place that are essential for combustion to take
and show that the principles of fire place and show that the principle of fire
extinguishing lies in the elimination of extinguishing lies in the elimination of
one or more of the factors. one or more of the factors.
5.2 Describe the general course of Ask students to describe the general
action to be adopted by an industrial or course of action to be adopted by an
business premises in case of fire industrial or business premises in case
including such things as evacuation of fire including such things as
signal, allocation of duties. evacuation signals, allocation of due ties
5.3 Classify fire and associate the Ask students to explain salvage
various classes with their methods of considerations and fire insurance
extinguishing.
5.4 List the different types of a manual
fire extinguisher and explain their
10 - 12
operations such as buckets water types
foam, vapour liquid dry powder,
carbondioxide.
5.5 Select a manual fire extinguisher
and demonstrate its use.
5.6 List the different types of automatic
fire extinguishers and explain their
operation e.g. automatic sprinklers,
drencher systems, water spray systems
etc.
5.7 List the different types of automatic
fire detection systems and explain their
operation.
5.8 Explain salvage considerations and
fire insurance.
225
(OPTION)
CONTACT
HOURS: (2,0,2)
General Objective 6.0 Appreciate the factories act and the principles involved in factory law
6.1 Give a general definition of a Ask the students to give the general
factory as given by the factories act. definition of a factory as given by the
6.2 Explain the reasoning behind the factories act
factory Act. Ask students to explain reasoning
6.3 Outline the general health safety behind the factory Act.
and welfare provisions of the factories Ask students to outline the general
13 - 15 Act. health safety and welfare provision of the
6.4 Give a general review of the factory factories acts.
law Specifically as it affects use and Ask students to give a general review
maintenance of machinery, factory of the factory law specifically as it affects
buildings, health and safety at work use and maintenance of machinery,
factory buildings health and safety at
work.

(OPTION)
CONTACT HOURS
2hrs/wk
General Objective:
Week
1.1 Identify various personal protective Demonstrate activities 1.1 to PPE Helment
equipment and demonstrate the use of each 1.2 for the students to learn and Eye goggles
of them. ask them to carry out the Hand globe
1-3 1.2 Identify the roles of shareholders, activities Coverall etc.
managers, supervisors and other workers in
contributing towards accidents prevention in
industry.
226
(OPTION)
CONTACT HOURS
2hrs/wk
2.0 Identify the causes and ways of preventing non-fire industrial accidents
2.1 Identify the types of accidents in various Demonstrate activities 2.1 for
workshop operations and the precautions to the students to learn and ask
be taken against them. them to perform all the activities.
4-5 2.2 Demonstrate ways of communicating the
safety message to the people concerned.
2.3 Demonstrate the medical aids given to
accident victims.
3.0 Demonstrate skills in safety inspection
3.1 Carryout the following safety inspection Demonstrate for the students to
(i) safety audits learn and ask them to practise.
6-8 (ii) formal inspection
(iii) harzard spitting
(iv) specific inspection
4.0 Identify causes and prevention of fire in industry
4.1 Identify various causes and prevention of Demonstrate activities 4.1 to Manual and
fire in industry 4.3 for the students to learn and automatic fire
4.2. Identify various structural fire ask them to perform all the extinguisher.
precautions installed in industrial and activities.
9-15
business premises. Assess the students.
4.3 Identify manual and automatic fire
extinguishers and demonstrate how to use
them.
227
Internal Combustion Engines
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING: PLANT ENGINEERING

OPTION
COURSE: INTERNAL COMBUSTION CONTACT

COURSE CODE: MEP 323
ENGINES. HOURS: (2hrs/wk
General Objective 1.0: Understand working principles of petrol and diesel engines
Week
1.1 Explain with the aid of sketches Ask students to draw and explain the Recommended
the two and four stroke cycles of two and four stroke cycles of operation textbooks
operation for S.I.E and C.I.E for S.I.E and C.I.E Lectures notes
1.2 Compare and contrast the two Ask students to compare and contrast Chalk
cycles mentioned in 1.1 the two cycles mentioned in 1.1 Chalkboard
1.3 Describe single and multi-cylinder Ask students to describe single cylinder Duster
engines and multi cylinder engines.
1.4 Explain the firing order of 1.3 Ask students to explain the firing order
1.5 Explain the significance of valve of 1.3
and ignition timing on engine Ask students to explain the significance
performance of valve and ignition timing on engine

1-3
1.6 Draw and explain a valve timing performance.
diagram Ask students to draw and explain a
1.7 Explain the valve operating valve timing diagram
mechanism. Ask students to explain valve operating

mechanism
1.8 Explain with the aid of diagrams
Ask the students to explain using
the layout of ignition system and state
diagrams the layout of ignition system
the functions of all the parts.
and state the functions of all the parts
1.9 Explain detonation, knock, pre-
Ask students to explain detonation,
ignition, octane number and back -
knock, pre-ignition, and octane number
firing.
and back firing.
General Objective 2.0: Know the constructional details of engine parts and its functions
2.1 List engine component parts and

their functions
2.2 Explain the construction and
4-5 materials used for parts such as
cylinder block, cyclinder head cylinder
liners piston crankshaft, connecting
rod etc.
228
OPTION

General Objective 3.0: Understand the fuel systems for S.I. and C.I engines
3.1 Explain using sketches the layout Ask the students to explain using Carburetor
of fuel supply systems for petrol and sketches the layout of fuel supply Injector pump
diesel engines systems for petrol and diesel engines. Governors and
3.2 Explain the functions of each part Ask the students to explain the turbo chargers
of the systems in 3.1 functions of each part of the systems in
3.3 Describe the various types of 3.1
carburetors and the component parts Ask the students to describe the various
of each. types of carburetors and the component
3.4 Analyse the carburetor as parts of each
venturitube and derive expression for Ask students to analyse the carburetor
air and fuel flow rate as venturitube and derive expression for
3.5 Analyse the effect of air air and fuel flow rate.
compressibility and altitude on fuel air Ask the students to analyse the effect of
ratio air compressibility and altitude on fuel air
3.6 Describe mixture formation ratio.
methods in compression ignition Ask the students to describe mixture
6-8
engines formation methods in compression
3.7 Explain the effect of fuel injection ignition engines
pressure fuel penetration on nozzle Ask the students to explain the effect of
hole size. fuel injection pressure fuel penetration on
3.8 Explain with aid of sketches in line nozzle hole size.
fuel injection pump, injector and lift Ask the students to explain with aid of
pump. sketches inline fuel injection pump,
3.9 Explain calibration and phasing of injector and lift pump.
inline injection pump. Ask the students to explain direct and
3.10 Explain the direct and indirect indirect injection chambers.
injection chambers Ask the students to describe piston
3.11 Describe piston head Design and head design and valves that permit swirl.
valves that permit swirl Ask the students to explain the
3.12 Explain the function and functions and operation of governors and
operation of governors and turbo turbo chargers used in diesel engines
chargers used in diesel engines
229
OPTION

General Objective 4.0: Understand the cooling systems for S.I and C.I engines
4.1 Explain with sketches the layout of Ask the students to explain with
a water pump assisted cooling sketches the layout of a water pump
system. assisted cooling system
4.2 Explain with sketches the ask the students to explain with
functions of the major parts such as sketches the functions of the major parts
9 - 10
the water pump, radiator and its such as the water pump, radiator and its
pressure cap and thermostat pressure cap and thermostat
4.3 Discuss the effects of over ask the students to discuss the effect of
cooling, under cooling and their over cooling, under cooling and their
causes and remedies causes and remedies
General Objective 5.0: Understand the lubricating systems for S.I and C.I Engines
5.1 Explain the functions and Ask students to explain the functions Gear type pump
properties of lubricating oil. and properties of lubricating oil Pressure relief
5.2 Explain with sketches the layout of Ask the students to explain with valve
a forced feed lubricating system sketches the layout of a forced feed Filters.
5.3 Explain with sketches the layout of lubricating system
dry and wet sump lubricating system. Ask the students to explain with
11-12
5.4 Explain the function and sketches the layout of dry and wet sump
construction of: gear type pump, lubricating system
pressure relief valve, full flow and by Ask the students to explain the function
pass flow filter and construction of: gear type pump,
pressure relief valve full flow and by-pass
flow filter.
230
OPTION

General Objective 6.0: Understand engine performance
6.1 Calculate: power (indicated, Ask the students to calculate (i) power
brake, and friction) thermal efficiency (indicated brake and friction) (ii) thermal
(indicated and brake) mechanical efficiency (indicated and brake) (iii)
efficiency, volumetric efficiency, mean mechanical efficiency (iv) volumetric
13 effective pressure (indicated and efficiency (v) mean effective pressure
brake,) specific fuel consumption and (indicated and brake) (vi) specific fuel
air-fuel ratio. consumption (viii) air-fuel ratio
6.2 Calculate energy balance and Ask the students to calculate energy
draw sankey diagram balance and draw sankey diagram.
General Objective 7.0: Understand gas turbine engines
7.1 Analyse gas turbine cycle with or Ask the students to analyse gas turbine
without re-heat cycle: (i) with re-heat (ii) without reheat
7.2 Calculate parameters such as Ask the students to calculate such
thermal efficiency, net turbine work, parameters as: (i) thermal efficiency (ii)
work ratio overall temperature ratio, net turbine work (iii) work ratio (iv) overall
component efficiencies temperature ratio (v) component
7.3 Explain the differences in the efficiencies.
design of gas turbines for aircraft and Ask the students to explain the
industrial applications. differences in the design of gas turbines
7.4 Describe the application of turbine for air craft and industrial applications
14-15 cycles for aircraft propulsion, ram jet, Ask the students to describe the
turbo jet, and turbo fan and turbo prop application of turbine cycles for aircraft
engines. propulsion, ram jet, turbo jet, turbo fan
7.5 Enumerate the limitations of ideal and turbo-prop engines.

Ask the students to enumerate the
gas turbine cycle
limitations of ideal gas turbine cycle
7.6 Explain with the aid of sketches
Ask the students to explain with the aid
gas turbine engine
of sketches gas turbine engine
7.7 Compare and contrast gas turbine
Ask the students to compare and
engine with the reciprocation internal
contrast gas turbine engine with the
combustion engine.
reciprocating internal combustion engine.
231
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
Course: INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES Course Code: MEP 323
2,02
General Objective 1.0 Identify engine parts and its functions, appreciate fuel and cooling systems
Week
1.1 Dismantle engine and identify all Demonstrate activities 1.1 to 1.3 for the 2 stroke
parts and reassemble students to learn and ask them to practice engine
1.2 Calibrate and phase an in-line the activities. 4 stroke
1-5
injection pump engine
1.3 Flush the cooling system of an practical guide
engine.
2.0 Demonstrate skill in determination of engine performance
2.1 Carryout experiment to determine Demonstrate activities 2.1 to 2.2 for the
the characteristic performance of S.I, students to learn and ask them to perform
6 - 10 C.I engines the activities.
2.2 Carryout trouble shooting of
engines.
3.0 Demonstrate the characteristics of gas turbines
3.1 Carryout experiment to determine Demonstrate for the students to learn and Gas turbine
11 - 15 the characteristic of gas turbine. ask them to practise.
232
Energy Conversion and Heat Transfer

(OPTION)
COURSE: ENERGY CONVERSION &

Course Code: MEP 311 Contact Hours: 2hr/wk
HEAT TRANSFER
General Objective 1.0: Know the sources, Conversion and Utilization of Energy
Week
1.1 Explain the renewable and Ask the students to explain Chalk, Chalkboard duster,
non- renewable sources of energy renewable and non-renewable gas and bomb calorimeters,
1.2 Explain the world reserves of sources of energy
non-renewable energy resources Ask the students to explain the
and their rates of consumption. worlds reserve of non-renewable
1.3 Describe fossil fuels and their energy resources and their rates
application of consumption
1.4 Explain the thermodynamics of Ask the students to describe
combustion of fossil fuels. fossil fuels and their application
1.5 Carry out calculations related Ask the students to carry out
1-3
to the thermodynamics of fuels. calculations related to the
1.6 1.7 Explain the physics and thermodynamics of fuel
optics of solar radiation. Ask the students to explain the
1.8 Describe the elements of solid- design and construction of devices
state physics with particular for conversion of solar energy to
reference to photovoltaic devices. thermal energy.
1.9 Explain the design and
construction of devices for
conversion of solar energy to
thermal energy
233
(OPTION)

HEAT TRANSFER
General Objective 2.0: Know the sources, Conversion and Utilization of Energy
2.1 Calculate solar energy Calculate solar energy Photovoltaic cells, DC/AC
conversion efficiency conversion efficiency inverters, solarimeters,
2.2 Describe the devices for Ask students to describe the apparatus for the
conversion of solar energy to devices for determination of radioactive
electrical energy-photovoltaic For conversion of solar energy to projection of materials.
devices, thermoelectric converters electrical energy - photovoltaic Wind Tunnel
and thamionic devices. devices, thermoelectric converters
2.3 Describe briefly the elements of and thermionic devices.
atomic and nuclear physics Ask the students to describe
2.4 Explain the chain reaction and briefly the
4-5
nuclear power generation. Elements of atomic and nuclear
2.5 Describe the nuclear reactor physics
2.6 Describe wind Energy Ask the students to explain chain
2.7 Explain the engineering reaction and nuclear power
application of wind energy generation.
2.8 Determine the Betz Limit Ask students to describe wind
energy
Ask students to design wind mill
and determine power out put
Determine the Betz limit
234
(OPTION)

HEAT TRANSFER
General Objective 3.0 Understand the Modes of Heat Transfer
3.1 Explain Fouriers Law of heat Ask students to explain Fouriers Free and forced convection
conduction in two dimensions Law of heat conduction in two Heat & Mass Transfer
3.2 Describe the methods of dimensions Apparatus.
solving conduction equation e.g. Ask students to solve conduction
analytical, numerical, graphical and equation using analytical,
experimental. numerical, graphical and
3.3 Describe an expansion for experimental methods
steady state one - dimensional Ask students to describe
conduction through slabs, expansion for steady state one-
composite walls, concentric dimensional conduction through
cylinders. slabs, composite walls, and
3.4 Carry out calculations involving concentric cylinders.
2.3.
3.5 Explain heat transfer by
convection
7-11
3.6 Determine surface film and
overall heat transfer coefficient.
3.7 Explain the concept of heat
transfer by natural convection.
3.8 Explain the concept of heat
transfer by forced convection.
3.9 Explain thermal radiation.
3.10 Explain the absorption,
reflection and transmission of
radiation.
3.11 Explain specular and diffuse
radiation.
3.12 Explain the emission of
radiant energy from black body
source.
235
(OPTION)

HEAT TRANSFER
General Objective 4.0: Understand the Application of Heat Transfer
4.1 Explain (a) Kirchoffs Law (b) Ask students to explain peculiar Pyranometers
Plancks Law (c) Stefan- and diffuse radiation
Bollzmamns Law (d) Wiens Law Ask students to explain the
4.2 Explain the emission of radiant emission of radiant energy from
energy from grey and other bodies black body source.
4.3 Explain radiation interchange Ask students to explain
between 2 black bodies and Kirchioffs Law, Stefan-
between 2 grey bodies. Bollzmamns Law and Wiens Law
4.4 Explain radiation shielding and Plancks Law.
4.5 Explain total radiation Ask students to explain emission
interchange in a grey enclosure. of radiant energy from grey and
4.6 Explain gas and flame radiation other bodies.
4.7 Solve simple problems on the Ask students to explain radiation
above. interchange between two black
4.8 Explain the types of heat bodies and two grey surfaces
8 - 12 exchanges (a) recuperators (b) fins Ask students to explain radiation
(c) cooling towers. shielding
4.9 Explain how heat transfer Ask students to explain total
coefficient is used in the design of radiation interchange in a grey
heat exchangers. enclosure
4.10 Explain the various solar Ask students to explain gas and
collectors flame radiation
4.11 Explain how the various Ask the students to solve simple
modes of heat transfer affect the problems on the above
performance of solar collectors. Ask students to explain the types
of heat exchanger (i) recuperators
(ii) fins (iii) cooling towers
Ask students to explain the effect
of various modes of heat transfer
on the performance of solar
collectors.
236
(OPTION)
Course: ENERGY CONVERSION & HEAT

Course Code: MEP 311 Contact Hours: 2hrs/wk
TRANSFER
General Objective 1.0 Demonstrate conversion and utilization of Energy and methods of heat
Week transfer
1.1 Identify the various devices for Demonstrate activities 1.1 to Thermal conductivity
conversion of different forms of energy. 1.3 for the students to learn and apparatus, orsat
1.2 Carry out experiment to analyse the ask them to perform all the apparatus
1 - 10 products of combustion of fossil fuels. activities. Free and forced
1.3 Carry out experiment to demonstrate convection Heat and
heat transfer by - conduction, convention mass transfer
and radiation. apparatus.
2.0 Demonstrate the application of Heat Transfer
2.1 Perform experiment to verify the Demonstrate activity 2.1 for

following laws the students to learn and ask
(a) Kirchoffs law them to practice the activity.
(b) Plancks law Assess the students.
11 - 15
(c) Stefan Boltzmans law
(d) Wiens Law
(e) Fouriers Law of
Thermodynamics
237
Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning
COURSE: REFRIGERATION AND AIR- CONTACT

COURSE CODE:MEP 411
CONDITIONING HOURS: (2,0,3)
General Objective 1.0: Understand the principles of Refrigeration

Week
1.1 Explain the basic principles including Ask the students to explain basic
the working of Bell Coloman cycle principles including the working Bell
1.2 Describe sensible, latent and Coloman cycle
expansion methods of producing Ask the students to describe the
refrigeration sensible latent and expansion methods of
1.3 Explain the vapour compression producing refrigeration
method of refrigeration Ask the students to explain the vapour
1.4 Explain the vapour absorption compression method of refrigeration
method as a way of refrigeration Ask the students to explain the vapour
1.5 Define thermo-electric process and absorption method as a way of
1-2
explain its application for refrigeration refrigeration
1.6 Explain steam jet as method Ask the students to:
applicable for producing refrigeration a. define the thermo-
electric process
b. to explain its
application for
refrigeration
Ask the students to explain steam-jet as
a method applicable for producing
refrigeration
General Objective 2.0: Understand the application of refrigeration
2.1 List the various applications of Ask the students to list the various
refrigeration such as transportation, food application of refrigeration, such as
preservation, comfort cooling, air- transportation, food preservation, comfort
conditioning etc. cooling, air-conditioning
2.2 Explain the application of Ask the students to explain the
3
refrigeration in the items list in 2.1 application of refrigeration in terms listed
2.3 Describe the domestic, commercial in 2.1
and industrial applications of Ask the students to describe the
refrigeration domestic, commercial and industrial
application of refrigeration.
238
COURSE CODE:MEP 411
General Objective 3.0: Understanding the Vapour-compression refrigeration system
3.1 State the parts of a typical plant e.g. Ask the students to understand the part
Compressor, condenser, evaporator etc. of a typical plant
3.2 Describe the ideal refrigeration Ask the students to describe the ideal
cycles using the P-h and T-s diagrams refrigeration cycles using the P-h and T-s
to define such terms as refrigerating diagrams to define such terms as
effect, work done, C.O.P, etc refrigeration effect, work done, C.O.P, etc
3.3 Define terms related to performance Ask students to define terms related to
e.g. Refrigeration-effect, work done, performance e.g. ref. Effect, work done,
C.O.P C.O.P
3.4 Explain the limitations of the ideal Ask the students to solve problem
cycle involving ideal cycles.
4 3.5 Describe the practical cycle using Ask students to Solve problems
the P-h and T-s diagrams involving ideal cycles.
3.6 Explain the effect of the following Ask the students to explain why the
performance in the basic practical cycle limitations of ideal cycle
to suction heat exchanger, multistage Ask the students to describe the
compression with inter-cooling, flash practical cycle using the P-h and T-s
chamber diagrams
Ask the student to explain the effect of
the following performance in the basic
practical heat exchanger multistage
compressor with inter-cooling flash
chamber
239
COURSE CODE:MEP 411
General Objective 4.0: Understand the absorption of refrigeration system
4.1 Explain the principle of operation of Ask the students to define the principle
an absorption system. of operation
4.2 Explain the operation of the simple Ask the students the operation of the
ammonia-water cycle simple ammonia-water cycle.
4.3 State and describe requirements for Ask the students to identity the
refrigerant absorbent combination desirable requirements for refrigeration
4.4 Explain the member - platen absorbent combination
5
refrigeration (vapour absorption) with Ask the students to explain the
pump refrigerator menters-platen refrigerator (vapour
4.5 Describe the water-lithium bromide absorption) with pump refrigerator
cycle Ask the students to describe water-
4.6 Determine the heat ratio; (efficiency) lithium bromide cycle
of an absorption systems Ask the students to determine the heat
ratio (efficiency) of an absorption system
4.7 Identify ways in which the efficiency Ask the students to identify ways in Lab
of the absorption system may be which the efficiency of the absorption Solar
improved system may be improved. system/room
4.8 Compare the absorption system and Ask the students to compare the model
the vapour compression system with absorption system and the vapour
respect to applications, advantages and compression system with respect to
disadvantages applications, advantages and
6-7
4.9 Explain absorption refrigeration disadvantages.
principles in the laboratory Ask the students to demonstrate
4.10 Explain the applications of solar absorption refrigeration principles in the
energy to refrigeration laboratory
Ask the students to demonstrate the
applications of solar energy to
refrigeration
240
COURSE CODE:MEP 411
General Objective 5.0: Know refrigerants and their use
5.1 Define the term refrigerant Ask the students to define the term
5.2 State the characteristics desired in a refrigerant.
refrigerant Ask the students to state the
5.3 Explain the refrigerant numbering characteristics desired in a refrigerant
system Ask the students to explain refrigerant
5.4 Describe the use of refrigerants numbering system.
5.5 Explain the effect of moisture on Ask the student to describe the use of
refrigerants refrigerants
8-9 5.6 Distinguish between primary and Ask the students to explain the effect of
secondary refrigerants moisture on refrigerants
5.7 Explain the use of secondary Ask the students to distinguish between
refrigerants primary and secondary refrigerants
5.8 Describe the use of eutectic Ask the students to explain the use of
diagrams in the selection of secondary secondary refrigerants
refrigerants Ask the students to describe the use of
eutectic diagrams in the selection of
secondary refrigerants
General Objective 6.0: Know the use and Maintenance of hand tools commonly used in Refrigerant
pipework
6.1 List the hand tools commonly used Ask the students to list the hand tools
in refrigeration such as: commonly used in refrigeration such as
a. Pipe faring tools listed in 6.1
b. Pipe cutter Ask the students to state the
c. Gauge manifold precautions taken when handling toxic
d. Springs bending and explosive refrigerants
devices Ask the students to repeat 6.4 for a
e. Valve stem and gland typical refrigerator
sock Ask the students to list the major
10 - 12 f. Brazing equipment components of a typical air-conditioner
6.2 Explain the use of above hand tools. Ask the student to repeat 6.7 for a
6.3 State the precaution taken when refrigerator.
handling toxic and explosive refrigerants Ask the students to state the functions
6.4 List the major components of a listed in 6.6
typical air conditioner Ask the students to state the
6.7 State functions of the components of applications of an air-conditioner
an air-conditioner and a refrigerator
State the application of an air
conditioner
241
COURSE CODE:MEP 411
General Objective 7.0: Understand evaporators
7.1 List the various types of evaporators Ask the students to list the various
such as: types of evaporators as listed in 7.1
a. Direct cooler Ask the students to explain the
expansion operation and construction of the
b. Finned evaporator evaporators.
c. Plate-surface Ask the students to state the
evaporator advantages and disadvantages of each
d. Flooded shell and of the evaporators in 7.1
tube type Ask the students to explain how the
e. Shell and coil cooler evaporators are designed
f. Banded type Ask the students to enumerate factors
g. Flooded raceway that control the ratings and selection of
type, etc evaporators for specific duties
13 - 15
7.2 Explain the operation and

construction of the evaporators
disadvantages of each of the
evaporators in 7.1
7.4 Explain how evaporators are
designed
7.5 Enumerate factors that control the
ratings and selection of evaporators for
specific duties
7.6 Carry out simple designs and
selection of evaporators
242
REFRIDGERATION AND Contact Hours:
Course Code: MEP 411
AIRCONDITIONING 2hrs/wk
Course Specific: PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective: Demonstrate skills in use and maintenance of condensers and cooling tower
Week
1.1 Identify the various types of Ask the students to list the various types of
condensers such as: condensers such as:
a. Water cooled a. Water cooled condensers
condensers (shell (shell and tube with vertical
and tube with or horizontal arrangement,
vertical or horizontal double tube, shell and coil,
arrangement, double etc
tube, shell and coil b. Air cooled condensers
etc) (natural convection; forced
b. Air-cooled convection); evaporative
1-6 condensers (natural condenser
convection; forced Ask the students to explain the operations
convection); and constructions of the condensers listed in
evaporative 8.1
condenser. Ask the students to state the advantages
1.2 Demonstrate the operations and and disadvantages of each type of
constructions of the condensers condenser
listed in 1.1 Ask the students to enumerate factors that
1.3 Enumerate factors that control control the rating and selection of
the rating and selection of condensers for specific duties
condensers for specific duties
1.4 Carry out simple designs and Ask students to carry out simple designs
selection of condensers using and selection of condensers using
appropriate data appropriate data.
1.5 Enumerate factors that govern Ask the students to enumerate factors that
cooling towers design, rating and govern cooling towers design, rating and
selection selection
1.6 Carry out simple design and Ask the students to carry out simple design
selection of cooling towers and selection of cooling towers
7 - 10 1.7 Perform experiments on air Ask the students to explain the suitability of
conditioning trainer either condenser or cooling tower type for a
1.8 Perform experiments on cooling given job and highlight the usual problems
tower associated with condenser or cooling towers
and the solutions
Ask the students to perform experiments on
air conditioning trainer
Ask the students to perform experiments on
cooling tower
243
REFRIDGERATION AND Contact Hours:
AIRCONDITIONING 2hrs/wk
Course Specific: PRACTICAL CONTENT
2.0 Demonstrate skills in the service and maintenance of air-conditional and refrigerator
2.1 Dismantle and assemble a Demonstrate activities 2.1 to 2.2 for the An
typical room air conditional students to learn and ask them to carryout airconditional
11-15 components the activities. A refrigerator
2.2 Dismantle and assemble a Assess the students. A complete tool
typical refrigerator. box.
244
Mechanical Equipment in Buildings
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - (PLANT

COURSE: MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IN CONTACT

BUILDINGS HOURS: 2hrs/wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand the different types of conveyors used in building
Week
1.1 Explain conveyors in buildings. Ask students to: To be conveyed

1.2 List different types of conveyors used in What conveyors are: with field trips.
buildings. Why they are needed in buildings
1.3 Explain details of construction, capacity List some types
and application of Escalators and Lifts. Explain the escalators and lists
1.4 Describe the following components: and their applications.
1
(i) Car, Describe, car cable, shaft, rail,
(ii) Cable (different kinds of over-run as applied to lift system
roping)
(iii) Shaft,
(iv) Rail,
(v) Over-run.
1.5 State the functions of the components in Show difference between Lift with
1.4 Cable/traction sheave and
1.6 Distinguish between the following types of Hydraulic Lift.
Lifts: Ask students to explain the
2
a. Lift with cable/Traction criteria for selection of Lift for a
sheave; given application.
b. Hydraulic Lift. Assess.
1.7 Explain the criteria for Lift Selection
245

General Objective 2.0: Know the equipment in the machine room
2.1 List the equipment to be installed in the Ask students to:

machine. State the equipment commonly
2.2 Describe each of the equipment in the housed in the machine room.
machine room. Describe each equipment in the
2.3 Explain the functions of each of the machine room and explain their
equipment described in 2.2. functions.
3
2.4 State reasons for positioning the machine Explain why the machine room
room above or beneath the shaft. may be positioned above the shaft
2.5 State the factors that affect the choice of or beneath it.
different types of each equipment listed in 2.1. State the factors that are
considered in selecting the
equipment listed.
General Objective 3.0: Understand the Control System of Conveyors
3.1 Explain how the speed of the car is Ask the students to:
controlled, and state speed limits for different Explain the need for and how
types of Lifts. speed control is effected in Lifts
3.2 State the use of Rheostat (resistance) State speed limits for different
variable voltage and varied speed governor. types of Lifts.
3.3 Explain the operations of the following State the use of variable voltage
control systems: and varied speed governor.
a. car switch, manually Explain the operations of car
operated system. switch, manual control system.
b. Button control (SAPS) List the signals associated with lift
c. Down collective control operations and explain them
d. Full - collective control Explain the operation of lift doors.
e. Simplex, Duplex, Triplex Assess.
(group) control.
f. Programmed control.
3.4 Explain the following Lift signals:
a. all registered light.
246
b. in use light with SAPB
c. Position indicator (inside
car)
d. Position indicator (at arrow
lights)
e. The travel direction arrow
lights
f. Lanterns/gongs to show
when car has landed at a
floor.
3.5 Describe the operation of lift doors with
specific reference to:
a. car and hoistway doors
b. manual opening/closing of
doors.
c. Power operated doors
d. Transfer time for loading
and unloading of car.
e. Need to keep door open
3.6 Explain how the floor selector operates.
247

General Objective 4.0 Know system relationship and other design criteria for Lifts.
4.1 Define a counter weight and travel time. Ask students to explain the use of
4.2 State the functions of counter weight in counter weights in Lifts.
design. Explain maximum acceleration to
4.3 Determine counter weights for specific prevent slip.
application.
Sketch duty cycle diagrams and
4.4 Determine the travel time.
relate them to the power of an
4.5 Determine Traction sheave or drum
electric motor to go with the
torque
system.
4.6 Explain the following:
a. Effect of friction on drum Ask students to carry out some
torque exercises on Cable/Rope selection

b. Maximum permissible base on 4.10
acceleration to prevent slip Ask students to carry out Trouble
4.7 Explain duty cycle diagrams. shooting inspection and repairs on
4.8 Estimate the power of an electric motor ropes.
required installation of the duty cycle diagram.
4.9 Determine the motor using the RMS
6-7 Torque and the empirical equivalent travel
time.
4.10 Explain the criteria for Cable/Rope
selection e.g.
a. right choice of material
b. construction types e.g.
regular lay, long-lay
c. rope designation
(Diameter, No of strands, No
of wires per strand)
d. bending stresses on ropes
e. rope pressure on Traction
sheave
f. rope life, effects of types of
roping, average speed of car,
numbers of bends,,statics
and dynamic loading, factor
of safety.
248

General Objective 5.0: Understand the layout for Lift installation.
5.4 Explain the factors which influence the Ask students to; explain the
following factors that affect, lift grouping,
a. grouping Lifts together positioning, sizing, noise and
b. positioning the Lifts (for aesthetics.
best utilization) Ask students to design a Lift
9 c. size of the life system based on available
d. number of Lifts information/data on a building
e. limiting the noise due to lift Assess
operation
f. aesthetic features e.g. kind
of finish.
General Objective 6.0: Know the basic Installation precaution and maintenance details of lift.
6.1 Explain the use of plumblie, the Ask students to:

measurements of wall distances to Plumbings and the use of
centerlines and the use of working drawings. working drawings
6.2 List the difficulties associated with Explain difficulties associated with
10-11 installing a lift in an existing building. installing a lift in an existing
6.3 Explain the positioning of guides and building.
diversion pulleys. Explain the positioning of guides
6.4 Explain maintenance and repairs on Lifts. and diversion pulleys.
Assess.
249

General Objective 7.0: Understand the selection, installation and maintenance of pumps, boilers and
other mechanical equipment in buildings
7.1 State the different types of pumps such as Ask students to explain: Samples of the
centrifugal, rotary, reciprocating and list different types of pumps different types of
submersible. explain the procedure for pumps
7.2 Describe the procedure for installing water installing pumps in buildings Boiler unit
explain the criteria for pump
pumps in buildings.
selection
7.3 State the factors guiding the selection of
explain the effects of pump
water pumps.
vibration on buildings and
7.4 State the effects of pumps vibration on
prevention of the effects.
buildings and the precautions needed to Ask students to prepare for
minimize these effects. installing a Lift system in an exit
12-13
7.5 Explain trouble shooting strategies and building stating problems
maintenance of pumps. encountered and solution
7.6 State the types of boilers used for hot Carry out fault diagnosis and
water supply. service/repair of pumps.
7.7 State factors guiding the selection of State the types of boilers for hot
water supply.
boilers
State the criteria for boiler
7.8 Explain the role of boiler auxiliaries such
selection
as super heater, economizer, control valves,
Explain the roles of boiler heaters,
safety valves and boiler mountings.
economizers control valves, safety
valves and boiler mountings
7.9 Explain the installation procedures for Explain inspection procedures Pressure
boilers. carried on boilers. gauges
7.10 State the inspection procedures for Explain the operation of laundry
boilers. machines, process heaters, kitchen
7.11 Explain the operation of the following equipment.
14-15 equipment: State the criteria for boiler
a. Laundry machine selection.
b. Process heaters Assess.
c. Kitchen equipment
7.12 State factors guiding the selection of
items in 7.11.
250

General Objective 8.0: Know the fire fighting equipment used in buildings.
8.1 List important fire fighting equipment to be Ask students to:

installed in a building List important, fire fighting
8.2 List first Aid equipment such as Hot reel equipment to be used in buildings.
system, Hand appliance, Sprinkler, Total Explain the use of hot reel
flooding system system, hand appliance, sprinkler
8.3 Explain the construction and operation of and total flooding system.
each of the systems in 8.2 Explain the construction of hot
8.4 State fixed equipment e.g. wet riser, Dry reel, equipment, and appliances,
rise. total flood equipment.
8.5 Describe the construction and operations Explain the construction of wet
of fixed equipment in 8.3 riser, dry riser.
Explain the functions of wet riser
and dry riser.
Assess.


General Objective 1.0: Identify the types and use of conveyors

Week
1.1 Identify the various types of conveyors Demonstrate activities 1.1 to 1.3 for
used in building the students to learn and ask them
1-3 1.2 Demonstrate the use of all the conveyors to carryout all the activities.
1.3 Identify and demonstrate the criteria for Assess the students.
lift selection.
251

2.0: Identify the equipment in the machine room and its use
2.1 Identify the equipment commonly Demonstrate activities 2.1 to 2.2 for
housed in the machine room the students to learn and ask them
4-5
2.2 Demonstrate the use of all the to perform the activities.
equipment
3.0 Identify and demonstrate the use of control system of conveyors
3.1 Identify the control system of conveyors Demonstrate activities 3.1 to 3.2 for
3.5 Demonstrate the operation of the the students to learn and ask them
following control systems:- to carryout all the activities.
(i) Car Switch, manually
operated system
6-7 (ii) Button control (SAPS)
(iii) Down collective control
(iv) Full collective control
(v) Simplex, Duplex, Triplex
(group) control
(vi) Programmed Control
4.0 Demonstrate skills in the installation, repairs and maintenance of lift
4.1 Identify the difficulties associated with Demonstrate activities 4.1 to 4.3 for
installing a lift in an existing building. the students to learn and ask them
4.2 Demonstrate the positioning of guides to perform all the activities
and diversion pulleys
252
5.0 Demonstrate skills in the selection, installation and maintenance of pumps, boilers and other
mechanical equipments.
5.1 Identify the different types of pumps Demonstrate activities 5.1 to 5.8 for Pumps
such as - centrifugal, rotary, reciprocating the students to barn and ask them to Boilers
and submersible. perform all the activities. Pressure
5.2 Select suitable water pumps for a Assess the students. gauges
particular operation.
5.3 Demonstrate the procedure for installing
water pumps in building.
5.4 Identify the types of boilers used for hot
water supply
5.5 Identify the factors for the selection of
8 - 11
boilers
5.6 Demonstrate the installation and
inspection procedures for boilers
5.7 Demonstrate operation and installation
procedures of the following:
i) Laundry machine
ii) Process heaters
iii) Kitchen equipment.
5.8 Carryout trouble shooting and
maintenance of the items above.
6.0 Identify the fire fighting equipment used in buildings
6.1 Identify important fire fighting equipment Demonstrate activities 6.1 to 6.5 for
installed in a building the students to learn and ask them
6.2 Identify first Aid equipment such as Hot to perform all the activities.
reel system, Hand appliance, sprinkler, Total Assess the students.
flooding system.
12 - 15 6.3 Demonstrate the operation of each of the
systems in 6.2
6.4 Identify fixed equipment e.g. wet riser,
Dry riser, etc.
6.5 Demonstrate the operation of fixed
equipment in 6.4.
253
Automotive Technology

(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
COURSE: AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY Course Code: MEP 413
2hr/wk
General Objective 1.0 To know and understands automotive vehicle systems.

Week
1.1 Know the construction of vehicle chasis Show students

1.2 List the material sections used e.g. (a) channel different material
section. (b) 1-section, (e) top hat section etc. section used for chasis
1.3 List and describe method of joining the frames e.g. frame construction
1 welding etc. 1.2 to 1.4
1.4 List and describe methods of reinforcing the frame Illustrate 1.1 to 1.5
joints e.g. by gusset plates with good diagrams
1.5 List and describe the modes of chasis frame and make notes
deflection. e.g. bending, torsion, loosening, etc.
General Objective 2.0: Know vehicle body construction and body styling With different body structure
2.1 List and describe types of body structure (a) non- Illustrate 2.1 to 2.2 Motor car, Tool
load carrying separate body and (b) the semi-integral with diagrams and Boxes
type (c) the integral type make notes.
2.2 Describe car body construction and material
requirement for (a) body posts (b) understand assembly
2
(c) the shroud and dash panel assembly (d) roof and
back window aperture panel assembly (e) center pillar
(f) bulk head (g) Front end (h) front fenders (i) rear
fenders (j) door panel (k) bonnet panels, (l) boot
assembly
254
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
2hr/wk
General Objective 3.0: Describe Commercial vehicle body
3.1 Distinguish between light commercial vehicles, Explain and illustrate Pick-up van, 1no
heavy commercial vehicles, Waste/refuse disposal 3.1 to 3.5 with Bus (1no) Refuse
vehicle diagrams and notes. Disposals vehicle
3.2 Describe articulated vehicles as combination of Assess the students. (1no)
tractive unit and semi-trailers Articulated
3 3.3 Compare rigid vehicle and articulated vehicle. vehicle
3.3 Describe methods of coupling either rigid vehicle or
articulated vehicle to their trailers
3.4 Describe the construction of (a) towing jaw hook
and eye. (b) Fifth wheel coupling (c) automatic wheel
coupling (d) Specific methods.
General Objective 4.0: Knowunderstand and describe vehicle dynamics systems
4.1 Describe with sketches layout of the suspension Explain and illustrate
system (a) coil spring, (b) torsion bar (c) rubber springs, 4.1 to 4.3 with good
(d) leaf springs diagrams and notes.
4 4.2 Describe with sketches hydro-pneumatic and
fluid/gas suspension system
4.3 Describe independent suspension utilizing (a)
wishbones and (b) swinging arm; ball joints, bushes,
255
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
2hr/wk
General Objective 5.0: Know, understand and describe vehicle steering systems
7.1 Describe with sketches types of steering systems

(a) worm and peg (b) worm and wheel (c) re-circulating
ball (d) rack and pinion.
7.2 Describe methods of adjustment of 5.1 above for
end-float and back clash in steering boxes.
7.3 State methods of Lubrication and sealing of steering
boxes.
5
7.4 Explain different types of collapsible steering
column arrangements.
7.5 Describe faults diagnoses and repairs of steering
systems.
7.6 Describe principles of casters, camber, being pin
inclination, and center poin steering.
7.7 Describe power assisted steering e.g. ram-type
General Objective 6.0: Know, understand and describe brake systems
6.1 Describe layout and operation of drum and disc Explain and illustrate
brake assemble. 6.1 to 6.6 with
6.2 Describe master cylinder servo unit, wheel diagrams and notes.
cylinders, pipes, brake assistors etc. and maintenance
procedures.
6.3 Know and understand compressed air brake system
components, e.g. compressor, compressed air tanks,
control valves, unloader valves, pressure regulating
6 valves, brakeactuators.
6.4 Identify brake circuit diagrams/arrangement for
trailer braking
6.5 Know brake testing regulation, brake efficiency and
use of static and dynamic (road roller and
decelerometer) test equipment to examine brakes
performance.
6.6 Describe anti-jack knife device e.g. develop maxaret
system and hope anti-knife system
256
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
2hr/wk
General Objective 7.0: Know vehicle transmission system
7.1 State purposes of transmission system Explain and illustrate Clutch assembly
7.2 Describe (a) friction clutches - center plate, pressure 7.1 to 7.8 with (5no)
plate. diagrams and notes. Manual gear box
7.3 Describe multiplate clutches Assess the students. (3-4-5 speed)(5no)
7
7.4 Describe manually operated gear boxes
7.5 Describe synchromesh and constant mesh devices
7.6 Describe location of speedometer drive
7.7 Describe overdrive, transfer box
General Objective 8.0: Know, understand automotive gear box
8.1 Disassemble automatic gear box Explain and illustrate

8 8.2 Describe with sketches the assembly of automatic with diagrams and
gear box notes.
General Objective 9.0: Know, describe propeller and drive shafts
9.1 Sketch and describe constant velocity joints e.g. Explain and illustrate
double hooks, Weiss with diagrams and
9
9.2 Sketch front wheel drive notes.
9.3 Describe torque tube drive
General Objective 10.0: Know and understand final drive
10.1 Describe Rear differential gear system e.g. pinion Explain and illustrate
crown wheel (bevel gear differential) with diagrams and
10.2 Explain rear Axles. State assembly of half shafts notes
10
10.3 Describe methods of locating half shafts in final
drives, e.g. semi-floating, three quarter floating and full
floating
257
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
2hr/wk
General Objective 11.0: Know and understand Automotive Electrical starting system.
11.1 Describe construction of starter motor Explain starter motor Starter motor
11.2 Describe operation of solenoid switch, bendix drive Explain armature, assembly (10no)
11.3 Describe starter switch commutator, brushes Switch/relay unit
11 and mountings (10no)
Bushings, stator
windings, solenoid,
Bendix drive.
General Objective 12.0: Know, understand Auto-charging system
12.1 Describe the construction of alternator Explain alternator

12.2 Describe operation of voltage regulator, Cut-out, assembly to students
current regulator Explain rotor, stator,
12 slip rings, brushes,
bearing bush, rectifier
and mounting, Voltage
regulator
General Objective 13.0: Know and understand Battery
13.1 State different capacities of car batteries and their Explain Battery to Battery, distilled
ratings. students water, sulphuric
13.2 Explain how to prepare acid Prepare acid for filling acid.
13.3 Explain how to operate battery charger battery Hydrometer
13
13.4 Explain how to fill battery with correct acid Show students how to (10no)
13.5 Explain how to charge car battery connect battery to Battery charger
battery charger and connecting
cables (10no.)
258
(OPTION)
Contact Hours:
2hr/wk
General Objective 14.0: Know and understand auto-ignition system
14.1 Describe principles of spark ignition Explain and illustrate

14.2 Describe ignition coil with diagrams and
14.3 Describe spark plug and spark plug notes.
Setting
14.4 Describe Distributor - contact breaker
14
Capacitor
14.5 Differentiate between high tension circuit, and low
tension circuit
14.6 Know ignition lining - advance and retard-
mechanisms Know electronic ignition system
General Objective 15.0: Know and understand vehicle lighting system, and wipers
15.1 State Ministry of Transport lighting requirements Explain and illustrate

15.2 Describe construction of head lights - sealed and with diagrams and
15 unsealed - and wiring notes.
15.3 Describe trafficators, hazard lights
15.4 Describe fuse box configuration
General Objective 16.0: Understand wheel and tyre types and safety precautions when removing
fitting wheels and tyres
16.1 Distinguish between tyres which are (a) tubed and Explain to students Various tyre
(b) tubeless, whether cross-ply or radial ply how to carry out wheel types, wheel tyres
16.2 State the legal requirements when fitting diagonal- alignment. Wheel alignment
ply, cross-ply and radial-ply tyres to a vehicle Explain to the equipment (5no)
16.3 Explain tyre dimensions, size and types for specific
students quick patch, Air compressor
vehicle application
and heat application. (1no)
16.4 Explain dynamic, and static balancing of wheels
Tyre patch (5nos)
16.5 Describe typical tyre valves, both rubber and
Tyre pressure
metal.
16.6 Explain tyre air pressures gauge (10no)
16.7 Explain dynamic, and static balancing of wheels

16.8 Explain front wheel alignment and effect on tyre
wear, toe in or toe out
16.9 Explain vulcanizing principles.
259
(OPTION)
Course: AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY Course Code: MEP 413 Contact Hours: 2,0,3
General Objective 1.0 Identify and repair chais frames, body and body styling
Week
1.1 Identify the construction of a vehicle Demonstrate activities 1.1 to 1.3 Life vehicles 2nos
chasis for the students to learn and ask Vehicle pit 2nos
1.2 Carryout welding, etc of broken chasis them to perform all the activities. Car lift 1no
1-3 frames, fitting of chasis frames. 1.3, 15No Electric
1.3 Identify and dismantle body component Arc welding kit.
parts to locate fixing points, joint, locks. Welding
electrodes.
2.0 Identify and maintain vehicle dynamics and steering systems
2.1 Identify vehicle suspension system Demonstrate activities 2.1 to 2.3 Complete tool box
such as civil spring, leaf springs, etc. for the students to learn and ask 5Nos coil spring
2.2 Dismantle these suspension systems, them to carryout the activities. leaf springs 5nos
identify the components and assemble Assess the students 5nos torsion bar
them. Hydro-pneumatic
2.3 Dismantle steering system units and suspension unit
4-6
identify the components and assemble 5nos.
them. Different steering
assemblies
Rack and pinium
Power assisted
steering assembly.
260
(OPTION)
3.0 Identify and maintain brake and transmission system
3.1 Identify brake for different types of Demonstrate activities 3.1 to 3.8 Drum/disc brake
vehicles for the students to learn and ask assemblies
3.2 Dismantle, identify components of them to carryout all the activities. Master cyclinder
brake system and assemble them. Assess the students. and types
3.3 Carryout maintenance of brake system Air brake system
3.4 Perform Brake bleeding and bed
3.5 Dismantle clutch and gear, identify all Brake test
7- 9
components and assemble them. equipment
3.6 Carryout an overhaul of automatic gear Differential gears
box. Half shafts
3.7 Remove and replace universal joints assemblies.
3.8 Carry out an overhaul of final drive
system and identify differential assembly,
crown wheel, pinion, differential cage.
4.0 Identify and maintain Automotive Electrical system
4.1 Dismantle starter motor to identify Demonstrates activities 4.1 to 4.6 Alternator
armature, commutator, brushes and for the students to learn and ask assembly
mounting. Stator winding, solenoid and them to perform all the activities. Hydrometer
Bendix drive and assemble them. Battery charger
4.2 Carryout overhaul of alternator and connecting
4.3 Prepare acid for filling battery and cables
connect battery to battery charger. Ignition system
10 - 13 4.4 Identify ignition system components - components
ignition coil, distributor, capacitor, contact (10nos.)
braker set, high tension cables. Sparks plugs.
4.5 Trouble shoot and repair faults in (20nos)
system. Start motor
4.6 Overhaul wiper systems. assembly
Switch/relay unit
(10Nos.)
261
(OPTION)
5.0 Identify and maintain tyres
5.1 Identify different types for different Demonstrate activities 5.1 to 5.3 Various tyre tyres
vehicles for the students to learn and ask Balancing and
5.2 Carryout road wheel assembly them to carryout all the activities. alignment machine
14 - 15 balancing, and alignment Assess the students Air compressor
5.3 Carryout quick patch, and heat Tyre patch
application Tyre pressure
gauge.
262
Process, Construction and Mining Equipment

OPTION)
COURSE: PROCESS, CONSTRUCTION & MINING EQUIPMENT
Course Specification: Practical Content COURSE CODE: MEP 421 CONTACT HOURS: (1,0,2)
General Objective 1.0: Understand the operations of the basic structure and mechanisms contained within
the common maintenance requirement of Mobile equipment
Week Specific Learning Objective Teachers Activities Resources.
1.1 Tractors and related Ask students to complete a Visits to mines, quarries and road
equipment: Crawler and maintenance profile of a piece construction recommended to see
wheeled: of the listed equipment operation and maintenance
a. Bulldozers
1-3
b. Tractor-
shovels (front
end loaders)
c. Scrapers
1.2 Excavating equipment Ask students to complete a
a) Power maintenance profile of a piece
4-6 shovels of the listed equipment
b) Draglines Assess.
c) Hoes
1.3 Material movement Ask students to complete a

a) Rear dump maintenance profile of a piece
truck of the listed equipment
b) Bottom dump Assess
truck
c) Side dump
7-8
wagons
d) Bridge and
Gantry cranes
e) Conveyors
and related
equipment
1.4 Cutting and boring Ask students to complete a
equipment maintenance profile of a piece
a) Jackhammers of the listed equipment
9-10 b) Rotary drills Assess
c) Tunneling
machines
d) Pile drivers
263
OPTION)
COURSE: PROCESS, CONSTRUCTION & MINING EQUIPMENT
Course Specification: Practical Content COURSE CODE: MEP 421 CONTACT HOURS: (1,0,2)
General Objective 2.0: Deep Mining Special Equipment
2.1 Hoists Ask students to complete a

2.2 Pumps maintenance profile of a piece
11-13
2.3 Ventilation of the listed equipment
2.4 Roof supports Assess
General Objective 3.0: Material Sizing
3.1 Crushing equipment Ask students to complete a

3.2 Drying equipment maintenance profile of a piece
14-15 3.3 Screening of the listed equipment
3.4 Separation Assess
3.5 Mixing
264
Electro-Mechanical Controls

OPTION
COURSE: ELECTRO-MECHANICAL Contact Hours:

CONTROLS (1,1,0)
General Objective: 1.0 Understand general control elements and systems

Week
1.1 State the functions of control Explain and illustrate with diagrams Recommended
devices in R & A. and notes textbook
1.2 List elements such as: Lecture notes
a. Sensing elements Chalk
b. Signal transmission
Chalk board
part.
1.3 Explain the functions of the Ask the students to explain the * Chalk board
elements listed in 1.2. functions of sensing elements and
1.4 List the main control system such transmission. part.
as: Ask the students to;
a. self acting
State types of control system
b. pneumatics
Characteristics of control.
c. hydraulic
d. two position method
e. proportional method
f. floating method
General Objective 2.0: Understand how comparative is controlled
2.1 Explain the function of thermostat. Ask the students to state Lab demonstration
2.2 List thermostats types such as; what they understand to be a equipment
a. (electric, electronic thermostat sample
pneumatic or clock explain how the thermostat functions.
types)
Ask the students to mention types of
b. pneumatic
thermostats
thermostats
to state their functions
c. electronic
thermostats
d. surface thermostat
e. direct acting and
indirect acting
thermostats
f. Insertion thermostats
265
OPTION

CONTROLS (1,1,0)
General Objective 2.0: Understand how comparative is controlled
2.3 Explain the operations of the Ask the students to explain the Lab equipment.
thermostats listed in 2.2. operation of the thermostats.
2.4 State the application of thermostats Ask the student to mention the
listed in 2.2 applications (situation) where the
2.5 List the factor guiding the electronic thermostats are used).
thermostat \ask the students to mention what
2.6 Carry out the maintenance on and what affect the sensibility and
thermostats. operation of the thermostats
Ask the students
i. to state common
faults
266
OPTION

CONTROLS (1,1,0)
General Objective 3.0: Understand humidity Control.
3.1 State the need for humidity control. Ask the student Model system.
3.2 List the sensing elements types of to appreciate air moisture content
humidistat used in A.R such as to state the effect of moisture in the
a. non-first system air and the environment
b. sil moisture sensitive to state the need for control
salts to define humidity
c. hair Ask the students to mention the
d. synthetic fibres humidistat listed in 3.2.
e. resistance types Ask the student to explain their
(resistance changing understanding of the operations of
with humidity used with each of the humidistat listed in 3.2.
wheatstone Bridge). Ask the students to state the
f. Combined wet bulb applications of humidistat in 3.2.
and dry bulb Ask the students to list what factors
temperature influence the output of humidistat.
g. Length changing Ask the student.
type
3.3 Explain the operation of humidistat
types using the sensing elements listed
in 3.2
3.4 State the application of humidistat.
3.5 List the factors guiding the solution
of humidistat.
3.6 Explain the operation of the
following devices.
a. drier/dehydrator
b. humidifier
267
OPTION

CONTROLS (1,1,0)
General Objective 4.0: Know refrigeration flow controls
4.1 List flow controls used in R/A Ask the students to explain why Built model R/A
system controls of R/A systems are necessary. plant/Room
4.2 State the needs for flow control in Ask the students to state what each
R/A systems control does in R/A system.
4.3 State the functions of the flow Ask the students to conduct an
controls listed in 4.1 experiment to demonstrate practically.
4.4 Explain the operation of the flow Ask students to state applications.
controls in 4.1. Ask the students to state the factors.
4.5 State the application of the flow Ask the students to demonstrate
controls listed above. practically.
4.6 List the factors, which guide the
selection of the flow controls in 4.1.
4.7 Carry out maintenance on flow
controls
268
OPTION

CONTROLS (1,1,0)
General Objective 5.0: Understand other electrical/Electronic controls.
5.1 List other electrical/electronic Ask the students. Do practical

controls used in R/A system a. to list maintenance in
a. motor cycling control electrical/electronic workshop.
b. electrical/electronic controls.
relays to interlock fans, Ask the students to mention the
pumps, etc. functions of each of the controls listed
(amperage, potential, in 5.1.
hot-wire types) Ask the students to mention the
c. solenoid and timers applications of the controls in 5.1
d. defrosting switch Explain procedures for trouble
safety overload; full shooting and maintenance of these
automatic and semi- controls
automatic defrosting Ask the student to state the basis for
control selection of controls.
e. motor starters Ask the students.
f. damper motor i. to Explain common
g. float switch faults in control.
5.2 State the function of the controls ii. State the possible
listed in 5.1. causes of faults
5.3 Explain the operation of the controls iii. State remedial
listed in 5.1. measures
5.4 State the application of the controls
in 5.1.
5.5 List the factors that guide the
selection of the controls.
269
OPTION

CONTROLS (1,1,0)
General Objective 6.0: Understand control circuits
6.1 Interpret standard drawing, symbols Ask the students Design project.
of electro mechanical control, elements i. to identify control
selector, check valves, etc. symbols on a standard
6.2 Read control circuits for Air control system
conditioning and Refrigerator system. drawing.
6.3 Carry out simple design of control ii. State their function
system for Air conditioning and Ask the students to read and interpret
Refrigerator. the function of control circuit.
a. to carry out a simple
design for a particular
situation e.g. a small
room)
b. make a model and
test.
270
LIST OF WORKSHOP/LABORATORIES AND EQUIPMENT
LIST OF MINIMUM RESOURCES
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST FOR ND

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
PROGRAMME FOR 30 STUDENTS
WORKSHOPS
Machine shop
1. Tool room lathe with the swing of 483 and length of bed 200mm with complete accessories 2
2. Centre lathe with the swing of 330 and length of bed 1500mm with complete accessories 8
3 Universal milling machine complete with accessories 2
4. Radial drilling machine complete with accessories (optional) 1
5. Universal engraving machine complete with accessories 1
6. Surface grinding machine complete with accessories 1
7. Sensitive drilling machine. 2
8. Power hacksaw 2
9. Universal cylindrical grinding machine with accessories 1
10. Column/pillar drilling machine 2
11. Arbor press 1
12. Shaping maching with accessories
13. Pedestal grinding machine 2
14. Universal too, and cutter grinder 2
15. Box spanners 10
16. Allen Keys (set) 5 sets
17. Flat screw driver (set) 3 sets
18. Philips screw driver (set) 3 sets
19. Drift punches (various sizes) 4 each
20. Pin punches (set) 3 sets
21. Knurling tools (set) 2 sets
22. Vernier protractor 5
23. Parallel strips (assorted) 10
24. Micrometers outside 0.25mm 25-50mm 50-75mm and sets of Inside micrometers 5
271
25. Depth gauge 10
26. Steel rule 300mm 15
27. Calipers (inside and outside) 15 each
28. Vee block with clamps 4
29. Scribing block 4
30. Surface plate 3
31. Wheel dresser 2
32. Oil can 4
33. Hand reamers (se) 4
34. Machine reamers (set) 4 sets
35. Centre drills (set) 4 sets
36. Twist drills (set) 4 sets
37. Thread chaser (Assorted) 3 each
38. Marking out table 2
39. Combination set 4
40. Screw gauges (assorted) 4
41 Plug gauges (assorted) 4
42 Radius gauges (assorted) 4
43 Dial indicator and stand 4
44 Slip gauges (set) 2
45 Grease gun 4
46 Angle plates 2
47 Engineers square 10
48 Measuring balls/rollers (sets) 2
49 Limit gauges (various types) 5
50 Vernier calipers (various sizes) 5
51 Magnetic base 3
52 Fire extinguisher, water and sand buckets 4 each
FITTING SHOP
1 Work benches for 30 students
2 Bench vices 30
3 Pillar drilling machine 1
4 Marking out table 1
5 Sensitive bench drilling machine 2
272
6 Surface plate 2
7 Radial drilling machine 1
8 Pedestal grinder with drill grinding attachment 1
9 Power hacksaw 1
10 Multi purpose furnace 1
11 Arbor press 1
12 Flat rough file (300mm) 30
13 Round rough file (300mm) 30
14 Round smooth file (300mm) 30
15 Source rough file (300mm) 30
16 Flat smooth file 250mm) 30
17 Half round rough file (150mm) 30
18 Triangular rough file (150mm) 30
19 Half round smooth file (250mm) 30
20 Triangular smooth file (150mm) 30
21 Try-square 30
22 Dividers 30
23 Steel rule 30
24 Wallets of warding file 10 sets
25 Scribers 16
26 Vee block and clamp 2
27 Scribing block 2
28 Centre punches 30
29 Cold chisels (set) 10 sets
30 Scrapers (set) 5
31 Guilotine 2
32 Vernier Caliper 10
33 Hacksaw frame 30
34 Stock and dies (set) metric 3 sets
35 Taps and wrenches (set) metric 3 set
36 Hand drill 2
37 Centre drills Lot
38 Tap extractor (set) 2 sets
39 Screw extractor (set) 4
40 Screw gauges (assorted) 2 sets
273
41 Screw driver (set) 4 sets
42 Hammers (assorted weight) 30
43 Wire brush 5
44 Micrometer (assorted) 5
45 Oil can 5
46 Fire extinguisher, water and sand buckets 4 each
47 Measuring tapes 10
48 Feeler gauges 10
49 Rivet gun 6 pairs
50 Goggles 30 pairs
51 Drill set 4 sets
52 Electric Hand drill 2
53 Electric hand grinder/sander 5
54 Vernier height gauge 2
55 Dial indicators and stand 5
56 Mallets (rubber, wood and rawhide) 5 each
57 Number stamps 2 sets
58 Letter stamps 2
59 Hydraulic press 1
60 Punches (cold) 4 sets
61 Plier (assorted) 10
62 Hand shear 5
63 Welding chipping hammer 8
64 Wire brush (bench type) 8
65 Welding shield 8
66 Gloves 15
67 Gas bottle keys 4
68 Welding and cutting burner set 2
69 Gas cylinder truck 2
70 Brazing rods 6 tins
71 Flash gas lighter 4
72 Soldering flux 6 tins
73 Goggle 10
74 Blow lamps 10
75 Steel rule 10
274
76 Stools 6
77 Try-square 6
78 Leg vice 2 (opt)
79 Electrode drying oven 1
80 Swing beam folder 1
81 Bending roller 1
82 Double ended buffer and polisher 1
83 Profile cutting machine 1
84 Foot operated guillotine machine 1
85 Assorted cutting snips 10
86 Twist drill sets 4 sets
87 Electric hand drills 2
88 Aprons 10
WELDING AND FABRICATION SHOP
1 Welding transformer 8
2 MIG and MAG welding set 1
3 TIG Welding set 1
4 Acetylene gas cylinder 4
5 Oxygen gas cylinder 4
6 Welding table (gas) 4
7 Welding table (arc) 4
8 Protection screen for five booths for both arc and gas 10
9 Grinding machine (pedestal type) 2
10 Bench drilling machine 2
11 Bench polishing machine 1 (opt)
12 Bench shearing machine 1
13 Power hacksaw 1
14 Bench grinding machine 2
15 Bench vice 6
16 Anvil and stand 2
17 Electrode holder 8
18 Clamp 8
275
AUTOMATIVE SHOP
1 Engine diagnostic equipment 1
2 Hydraulic jack 5
3 Hydraulic press (100 tonne) 1
4 Manual table press 2
5 Standard service pit 2
6 Brake testing equipment with control panel 1
7. Sensitive drilling machine 2
8. Pedestal grinding machine 1
9. Pillar drilling machine 1 (opt)
10 Electric vulcaniser 1
11 Valve grinder 1
12 Workshop service compresser 1
13 Wheel balancing equipment (dynamic type) 1
14 Wheel alignment equipment 2
15 Work benches 4
16 Bench vices 6
17 Pneumatic tyre removal equipment 1
18 Injector pump test bench 1
19 Master Clinder test equipment 1
20 Universal battery charger 1
21 Engine mounting stand 3
22 Hydro-meters 5
23 Trolley Jacks 2
24 Foot operated grease dispenser 2
25 Complete mechanics tool kit 15
26 Electric hand drill 2
27 Breast drill (manual 2
28 Airline pressure gauge 4
29 Portable tyre inflator (manual) 2
30 Tyre repair kit 3
31 Heavy duty tyre changer 1
32 Ram - up to 6 tons capacity 1
33 Tachometer 2
276
34 Exhaust gas analyzer 1
35 Lubrication equipment 1
36 Portable crane 1
37 Valve refacer 2
38 Dynamometer 2
39 Cylinder boring machine 2
40 Steam cleaner 1
41 Diesel fuel pump test stand 1
42 Carburetor service kit 1
43 Chain wrench (for removing oil filter) 2
44 Portable vehicle hoist 1
45 Battery coil tester 2
46 Piston ring removal 2
47 Ignition coil tester 2
48 Snychroscope (distributor tester) 2
49 Spark plug tester 2
50 Pullers (various sizes) 6
51 Grease gun 6
52 Cylinder ridge remover 6
53 Engine sump drainer 6
54 Honing machine 1
55 Crankshaft grinder 1
56 Armature lathe 1
57 Head light tester 2
58 Oil can 6
59 2 stroke diesel engine 3
61 4 Cylinder diesel engine 2
62 6 Cylinder petrol engine 2
63 Clutch testing machine 1
64 Fire extinguishers, water, foam, dry powder, and sand buckets 1
65 Life and dead vehicles 6 each
66 Spanners of assorted types and sizes
67 Transparent engine, gear boxes (for demonstration) 1
68 Automotive engine test bed 1
69 Steering geometry measuring device 1
277
70 Vibration meter 1
71 Electrolytic tester 1
72 Fuel consumption measuring system 1
73 Flash point apparatus 1
74 Test rig for electric fuel injector (Petrol) 1
BUILDING SERVICE, REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
1 Vacuum pump 1
2 Charging unit 1
3 Internal cleaning apparatus 1
4 Mechanical pressure gauge 4
5 Electronic pressure gauge 4
6 Recording pressure motor 4
7 Differential pressure gauge 4
8 Service mans thermometer 4
9 Sensor dial thermometer (various degrees) 4 each
10 Electronic thermometer 4
11 Sling Hygrometer O to 35oC 4
12 Temperature probe 4
13 Capacity analyzer 4
14 Test cord 6
15 Electronic air velocity meter 4
16 Revolution counter 4
18 Heavy duty machine vice 1
19 Portable electric drill 2
20 Angle grinder 1
21 Pedestal grinder 1
22 Air compressor 1
23 Recording hygrometer 1
24 Electronic volt-watt meter 1
25 Clip-on-volt-amp-ohm meter 1
26 Ohm-meter 1
27 Gas flame leak detector 1
28 Pipe vice 4
278
29 Bench vice 4
30 Work bench 3
31 Anvil 1
32 Pilers (various sizes) 4 each
33 Hoisting pulley block 4
34 Wheel dresser (for grinding wheels) 4
35 Emergency lamp 1
36 Respirator 10
37 Safety face screen (face shield) 10
38 Ear protector 10
39 Working gloves 10 pairs
40 Spanners (various sizes and shapes) 4 each
41 Wrenches (various sizes) 2 each
42 Hammers (various types and sizes) 2
43 Screw drivers (various sizes) 8
44 Files (assorted) 3 each
45 Brushes 6
46 Constant pressure valve 2
47 Pilot pressure valve 2
48 Suction valve 2
49 Thermostatic water valve 2
50 Thermostatic liquid valve 2
51 Molecular sieve driver 2
52 Rechargeable drier 2
53 Shut - diff valve 10
54 liquid level control 1
55 Vibration absorber 2
56 Process tube adaptor 2
57 Gauge adaptor 2
58 Tab A - can valve 8
59 Fire extinguisher and sand buckets 6 each
60 Surge in pipe apparatus 1
61 Hydrostatic Bench 1
62 Air flow demonstration apparatus 1
63 Laminar/turbulent pipe flow 1
279
64 Boiler and steam piping instrument (lab. type) 1
65 Smoke tunnel 1
66 Centrifugal and axial fan test rings 1
67 Heat exchanger
68 Refrigeration and Air conditioning control test ring 1
69 Remaerant cylinders 2
FOUNDRY/HEAT TREATMENT/FORGE WORKSHOP
1 Black smith forge 1
2 Anvil and stand 8
3 Tongs (assorted 5 each
4 Swage block 2
5 Leg vice 2
6 Black smith hand hammer (various sizes) 6 each
7 Sledge hammer 4
8 Flatters 6
9 Hardles 6
10 Hot chisels 6
11 Cold chisels 6
12 Fuller 6
13 Top and bottom swage (various sizes) 6 each
14 Heading tool 6 each
15 Heat treatment furnace 1
16 Salt bath furnace 1
17 Electric furnace with control
18 Queching bath 2
19 Thermocouples 5
20 Optical pyrometer 2
21 Induction hardening equipment 1
22 Flame hardening equipment 2
23 Carburising equipment 2
24 Crucible furnace 1
25 Crucible 4
26 Crucible rest or stool 2
27 Crucible lifting tongs 2
280
28 Combined slag lifter and skimming ladle 1
29 Combined portable thermocouple pyrometer 1
30 Degreasing plunger 2
31 Hammers (assorted 6 each
32 Wire brush 2
35 Hacksaw frame and blades 10
36 Tapered shank drill bits 2 sets
37 Straight shank drill bits 2 sets
38 Drill drift 2 sets
39 Eye Goggles 10
40 Face shield 10
41 Heat resistant gloves 10 pairs
42 Knee leggings (foundry) 10 pairs
43 Leather apron 10 pairs
44 Safety boots (fire resistant) 10
45 Moulding bench 10
46 Bottom flask 20
47 Moulding flask 20
48 Moulding gand shovel 20
49 Watering can 5
50 Wheel-barrow 4
51 Rammers (various types) 20
52 Moulding trowels (various sizes) 10
53 Strike-off-bars 10
54 Gate cutter or spoon 10
55 Sprue pins 20
56 Vent rods 20
57 Bellows 5
58 Lifters 10
59 Bubb sponges 5
60 Draw pins 50
61 Wet brush 30
62 Bench vice 4
281
63 Hand vice 2
64 Cutting pliers
65 Combination pliers 10
66 Half round bastard file 10
67 Flat file second cut 10
68 Triangular file 10
69 Round file 10
70 Sand mixing machine 1
71 Moulding machine 1
72 Continuous mixer machine dispenser 1
73 Core boxes 10
74 G. Clamps 10
75 Core driver 1
76 Woodworking lathe 1
77 Circular saw 2
78 Band saw 2
79 Jig saw 2
80 Wood plan-machine
81 Jointer 1
82 Scraper 1
83 Pattern milling M/C
84 Disc and bobbing sander
85 Measuring and Marking out tools 10
86 Sawing, planning, boring, turning etc tools 10 each
87 Charge make - up Scale (100 kg scale)
DRAWING STUDIO
1 Drawing table complete with drafting machine/stood 30
2 Drawing set complete with pens for ink work 2
3 45o set squares 2
4 60o set squares 2
5 Blue printing machine 1
6 Adjustable set squares 5
7 Desk sharpener 5
8 Triangular scale rule (30mm) 5
282
9 Flat scale rule (300mm) 5
10 Blackboard ruler (1m) 4-1
11 Blackboard Tee squares 4-1
12 Blackboard set square (45o 60o) 4 each-2
13 Blackboard compasses 4-1
14 Blackboard protractor 4-1
15 French curve set 5
16 Letter stencils (3mm, 6mm, 7mm and 10mm) 5 each
17 Rubber stencils (3mm, 6mm, 7mm, 6mm and 10mm) 5 each
18 Erasing stencils 5 each
19 Drawing rack/shelves for 30 students
20 Personal computers 2
21 Plotter 1
22 Printer to handle A3 size 1
MECHANICAL MACHINES
1 Screw Jack 1
2 Oldham coupling 1
3 Four bar chain mechanism 1
4 Whitworth quick return mechanism 1
5 Slider crank mechanism 1
6 Hooks joint 1
7 Geneva stop 1
8 Conservation of angular momentum 1
9 Forces on beam apparatus 1
10 Simple moment beam 1
11 Comprehensive fly wheel apparatus 1
12 Bourdon tube pressure gauge 1
13 Torsion of bar apparatus 1
14 Spring balance 1
15 Gearing system apparatus 1
16 Compression apparatus 1
17 Wheel and axle set 1
18 Centrifugal/centripetal apparatus 1
19 Polygon of force apparatus 1
283
20 Extension and compression of springs apparatus 1
21 Crank and connecting rod apparatus 1
22 Rope, belt and coil friction apparatus 1
23 Cam and cam follower mechanism 1
24 Fire extinguishers 4-2
25 Sand and water buckets 4
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
1 Shearing force apparatus 1
2 Bending moment apparatus 1
3 Tensometer 1
4 Fire extinguishers 4
7 Hydrostatic Bench 1
8 Air flow demonstration apparatus 1
9 Laminar/turbulent pipe flow 1
10 Centrifugal and axial fan test rings 1
FLUID MECHANICS/HYDRAULICS
1 Turbine set (pelfon, francis pump, or Kaplan) 1
2 Hydraulics Bench with accessories for various experiments in fluid flow measurements 3
3 Weir tank (impact on jet, orificer 2
4 Floating body apparatus 1
5 Manometer 1
6 Rotameter 1
7 Laminar flow apparatus 1
8 Pilot static tube 1
9 Water meter 2
10 Boiler and steam piping instrument (lab. type) 1
11 Smoke tunnel 1
12 Heat exchanger 1
284
THERMODYNAMIC/HEAT ENGINES
1 Water heater/stirrer unit with bath 1
2 Uncalibrated mercury in glass thermometer 10o to 110oc 25
3 Resistance thermometer 1
4 Bench mounted aircooled 2 stroke diesel engine rig including dynamometer 1
5 Bench mounted aircooled 2 stroke petrol engine rig including dynamometer 1
6 Auto bomb calorimeter 1
7 Boyle gas calorimeter 1
8 Grant gas analyzer 1
9 Tachometer 1
10 Stroboscope 1
11 Air compressor test set 1
12 Thermal conductivity apparatus 1
13 Marcet boiler 1
14 Steam boiler plant (laboratory type) 1
15 Mechanical equivalent of heat apparatus 1
16 High pressure vapour unit 1
17 Vapour density apparatus 1
18 Pressure cooker 1
19 Falling ball viscometer 1
20 Rotary viscometer 1
21 Gas laws apparatus 1
22 Speedomax recorder 1
23 Thermal anemometer 1
24 Electric anemometer 1
25 Pyrometer, infrared, non-contact digital infratrace 1
26 Combined separating and throttling calorimeter 1
29 Air thermometer constant volume 4
30 Boiler and steam piping instrument 1
31 Smoke tunnel 1
32 Heat exchanger 1
285
AUTOMOTIVE
1 Automotive engine test bed 1
2 Automotive instructional system 1
3 Electronic engine indicating equipment 1
4 Engine cooling water system 1
5 Fuel consumption measurement system 1
6 Gravimetric fuel system 1
7 Lubricating oil test rig 1
8 Wear and friction bearing test apparatus 1
9 Injector type HC 50 1
10 Hydraulic dynamometer 1
11 Vibration meter 1
12 Steering geometry measuring device 1
13 Compression meter 1
14 Electrolytic tester 1
15 PH meter 1
16 Battery tester 4
17 Automatic fuel flow meter 1
18 Orifice inlet air meter 1
19 Balancing machine 1
20 Exhaust emission unit 1
21 Flash point apparatus 1
22 Automobile final drive 1
23 PV diagram function generator 1
24 Digital Tachometer 1
25 Coolant flow meter 1
26 Exhaust gas calorimeter 1
27 Lean/rich mixture device 1
29 Sand buckets 4
286
MATERIALS SCIENCE
1 Floor mounted tensile/compression testing machine with accessories 1
2 X-Y recorder for tensile tester 1
3 Table top tensometer with accessories 1
4 Macroharcness testing machine (Grinell,, Vickers, Rocawich) 1 each
5 Impact testers (fzod, chafpy) 2
6 Micro hardness testing machine 1
7 Strain gauge 2
8 Creep testing machine 1
9 Torsion tester 1
10 Fatigue tester 1
11 Steel rule 300mm 5
12 Outside caliper 2
13 Inside caliper 5
14 Set of open ended spanners 2
15 Micrometer screw gauge (metric) 2 sets
16 Allen keys 2 sets
17 Screw drivers 2
18 Abbrastive cutters 1
19 Dial gauge 1
21 Fire extinguisher 1
23 Grinding machine 2
24 Polishing machine 2
25 Metallurgical microscopes 5
26 Parting machine 1
27 Etching machine 1
28 Microscope 1
29 Specimen mounting screen 2
30 Decicators 2
287
METROLOGY LABORATORY
1 Comparator (Mechanical) 1
2 Universal measuring microscope 1
3 Bench testing centers 1
4 Angle gauge 1
5 Set of slip gauge 1
6 Sine bars with centers 1
7 Engineers level 1
8 Micrometers (assorted denomination) 2 each
9 Vee blocks (assorted sizes) 2 each
10 Magnetic vee block 1
11 Vernier calipers 3
12 Vernier height gauge 2
13 Angle plate 1
14 Limit gauges for holes, shafts, and threads 3 each
15 Surface plate 1
16 Marking out table 1
17 Parallel strips 4 pairs
18 Bevel protractor 2
19 Dial gauges and magnetic stand 2
20 Engineers square 2
21 Thread gauge 2
22 Radius gauge 2
23 Feeler gauge 2
24 Steer rule 4
25 Combination set 2
LABORATORIES FOR HND PROGRAMME IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
The laboratories and workshops listed for the National Diploma Programme are also needed for the Higher
National Diploma Programme. In addition, the following laboratories are also required:
288
1 Metrology - for Machine Building and Production options
2 Automotive - for Automotive option
3 Building Services and refrigeration
4 Power/Plant
The equipment and tools for laboratories and workshops for the national diploma programmes are needed
for the Higher National Diploma Programmes. In addition the following equipment and tools are also
necessary for the programme.
MACHINE BUILDING AND PRODUCTION (ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT LIST)
1 Copy lathe (with the following attachments:
- taper turning attachment 1
- hydraulic profiling (copying) attachment 1
- relieving equipment 1
- spherical turning slide 1
2 Turret or Capstan lathe complete with accessories 1
3 Universal engraving and copy milling machine 1
5 Jig boring machine or vertical milling machine complete with accessories, including: 1
- boring heads
- circular table
- honing head
5 Slotting machine or vertical milling machine with slotting attachment 1
6 Spark erosion machine or ultrasonic machine 1
7 Broaching machine (orzonal) 1
8 Complete numerical control lathe or numerical control vertical milling/drilling machine (CNC) 1
9 Universal cylindrical grinding machine (optimal) with the following; 1
- form dressing attachment
- in process gauging unit or device
10 Hydraulic press 1
11 Gear hobbing machine or gear shaping machine complete with accessories
12 And various module cutters 1
13 Single spindle automatic lathe or sliding head automatic lathe 1
14 Lathe dynamometer 1
15 Drill dynamometer 1
289
16 Pneumatic circuit bench for automatic and semi-automatic control 2
17 Swiveling vice 2
19 Water and sand buckets 4
HND MECHANICAL (AUTO LAB) (ADDITIONAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT LIST)
Automotive Laboratory
1 AC charging kit 1
2 Radiator pressure tester 1
3 Universal rear axle preload gauge 1
4 Dial indicator with stands 2
5 Spring balance 2
6 Ignition timing light 1
7 Voltmeter 2
8 Ammeter 2
9 Ohmmeter 2
10 Digital Vernier caliper 2
11 Vee blocks 4
12 External micrometer: 25mm-50mm 2
50mm-75mm 2
75mm-100mm 2
13 Internal micrometer 2
14 Comparator 1
15 Engine cylinder pressure tester 2
POWER/PLANT LABORATORY
1 Air Flow Measurement Demonstration Air Flow test rig 1
2 Smoke Tunnel 1
3 Heat Transfer Apparatus-Parallel Counter Flow 1
4 Double Pipe Heat Exchanger 1
6 Steam Power Plant Including Steam Boiler Condenser, Steam Turbine, Steam
7 Engine and Steam Fittings (Laboratory Type) 1 set
Engine Test Beds with: Petrol and Diesel Engine, CI and SI Two Stroke and Four stroke 1 set each
290
8 Tutor Gas Turbine 1
9 Two Stage Compressor Test set 1
10 Pump and Water Turbine Test Set 1
11 Air Heaters 1
12 Dust Extractors 1
13 Draught Equipment (Fans) 1
14 Fire Extinguishers 4
15 Sand Buckets 2
Building Services and Refrigeration Laboratory
2 Centrifugal pump test rig (series parallel) 1
3 Various sensor and incorporating actuators
4 Experimental heat pump and air cooler 1
5 Refrigeration cycle apparatus 1
6 Barometer aneroid 1
7 Thermo-hydrograph 1
8 Solarimeter 1
9 Windspeed meter 1
10 Vapour compression refrigerator & heat pump apparatus 1
11 Air-conditioning unit 1
12 Refrigeration bench 1
13 Refrigeration expansion devices 1
14 Multipurpose air duct 1
15 Sound level indicator 1
16 Environmental light comparator 1
18 Sand buckets 2
19 Pressure-hydraulic and manual 2
20 Pychrometer 1
291
Mechanics of Machine Laboratory
1 Static and dynamic balance apparatus 1
2 Governor apparatus 1
3 Efficiency of screw threads apparatus 1
4 Clutch friction apparatus 1
5 Gyroscope apparatus 1
6 Angular acceleration apparatus 1
7 /whirling dust apparatus 1
8 Universal vibration apparatus 1
9 Differentiate gear assembly 1
Strength of Materials Laboratory
1 Compression and tensile testing machine (100KN) 1
2 Universal hardness testing machine 1
(Brinell, Vickers, Rockwell) 1
3 Fatique testing machine 1
4 Thick cylinder apparatus 1
5 Thin cylinder apparatus 1
6 Strut rig apparatus 1
7 Creep measuring apparatus 1
8 Universal cantilever apparatus 1
9 Portable strain meter 1
10 Beam apparatus 1
11 Close coiled spring apparatus 1
12 Leaf spring testing machine 1
Fluid Mechanic/Hydraulics Laboratory
1 Bermnoullin apparatus 1
2 Losses in fitting and pipe bending apparatus 1
3 Universal pump testing unit 1
4 Centrifugal pump set 1
5 Reciprocating pump set 1
6 Free and force vortices apparatus 1
292
7 Parallel-series centrifugal pump set 1
8 Universal radial flow apparatus 1
9 Hot wire anemometer 2
10 Pelton wheel apparatus 1
11 Wind tunnel 1
293
GUIDELINES FOR TEXTBOOK WRITERS
NATIONAL DIPLOMA AND HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA
The following guidelines are suggestions from the Engineering Committees to the writers of the textbooks for
the new curricula. They are intended to supplement the detailed syllabuses which have been produced, and
which define the content and level of the courses.
Authors should bear in mind that the curriculum has been designed to give the students a broad
understanding of applications in industry and commerce, and this is reflected in the curriculum objectives.
One book should be produced for each syllabus

Page size should be A4
The front size should be 12 point for normal text and 14 point where emphasis is needed
Line spacing should be set to 1.5 lines
Headings and subheadings should be emboldened
Photographs, diagrams and charts should be used extensively throughout the book, and
these items must be up-to-date
In all cases, the material must be related to industry and commerce, using real life
examples wherever possible so that the book is not just a theory book. It must help the
students to see the subject in the context of the real word
The philosophy of the courses is one of an integrated approach to theory and practice, and
as such, the books should reflect this by not making an artificial divide between theory and
practice.
Illustrations should be labeled and numbered.
Examples should be drawn from Nigeria wherever possible, so that the information is set in
a country context.
Each chapter should end with student self-assessment questions (SAG) so that students
can check their own master of the subject
Accurate instructions should be given for any practical work having first conducted the
practical to check that the instructions do indeed work
The books must have a proper index or table of contents, a list of references and an
introduction based on the overall course philosophy and aims of the syllabus.
Symbols and units must be listed and a unified approach used throughout the book
In case of queries regarding the contents of the books and the depth of information, the
author must contact the relevant curriculum committee via the National Board for Technical
Education
The final draft version of the books should be submitted to Nigerian members of the
curriculum working groups for their comments regarding the content in relation to the desired
syllabus.
294
LIST OF PARTICIPANTS
UNESCO-NIGERIA PROJECT IN SUPPORT OF REVITILISATION OF

TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION IN NIGERIA
PROJECT TEAM MEMBERS
S/No. NAME DESIGNATION
1 Engr. Dr. Nuru A. Yakubu National Project Coordinator & Executive Secretary, NBTE
2 Dr. M.S. Abubakar Technical Coordinator
3 Engr. S.C. Odumah Curriculum Development Coordinator
4 Mr. B.N. Niriyus Staff Development Coordinator
5 Engr. Dr. S.N. Mumah Information & Communication Technology Coordinator
6 Isa Alhaji Sulaimanu Project Accountant
7 Mal. A.D.K. Muhammad Project Officer
Curriculum Review Team Members for Information and Communication Technology

(ND/HND Programmes)
S/No. NAME ADDRESS
1 Engr. Dr. S.N. Mumah Kaduna Polytechnic (ICT Coordinator)
1 Dr. (Mrs) A.O. Osofisan University of Ibadan(Team Leader)
2 Dr. (Mrs) Iyabo Fagbulu UNESCO, Abuja
3 Mrs A. Olarewaju HTCC, Kaduna Polytechnic
4 Mr. A. Adekigbe Federal Polytechnic, Ede
5 Dr. O.E. Osuagwa Federal University of Technology, Owerri
6 Dr. E.R. Adagunodo O.A.U. Ile-Ife
2nd PHASE REVIEW
1 Mrs A. Olarewaju HTCC, Kaduna Polytechnic
2 Engr. E.C. Onyeiwu ECO Project Services, Kaduna
295
Review Committee
1. Engr. J. O. Akindapo NDA Kaduna
2. Engr. I. A. Adeleke Fed. Poly. Ilaro
3. D.S. Yawas A.B.U Zaria
4. Engr. B. A Olunlade E.M.D.I P.M.B 611 Akure
5. Engr. Dr. S.E. Chukwujekwu Ebunso Nig. Ltd. Nnewi
6. Engr. M. B. Ibotolu Nig, Mach, Tools ltd Oshogbo
7. Engr. M. D. Ukegbu Fed. Poly. Ado-Ekiti
8. Prof. S. A Balogun UNILAG
9. Engr. D. O. Ariyo Kwara State Polytechnic
10. Engr. O. L Solarin Ikeja L.G.A
11. Engr. D. M Princewill River State Poly. Bori
12. Engr. V.U.U Akpan P.O.Box 6462 Ikeja-Lagos
13. Engr. A. Sule Federal Polytechnic Bida
14. Engr. Kgt T.J. Dareta National Oil Plc Marina Lagos
15. Engr. M. I Oti Kaduna Polytechnic
16. Dr. J.S Diso B.U.K
17. Engr. Prof. E.I Ofodile COREN, WUSE II Abuja
18. Engr. S. K. Loko Yaba College of Technology Lagos
19. Engr. E. a Babaniji NACCIMA/ACEH
20. Y.K. Ogunjimi ITF-Lagos
21. Engr. Samuel John A.B.U Zaria
22. Engr. C. E. Eteng Federal Polytechnic Bauchi
296
Final Review Committee
1. Garry I. Cather Brighton university 3 Mill Walk Woola
Vington. Nr. Briedgewater Somerset
TA78 HW, UK
2. Engr. Dr. Sam Chukwujekwu Ebunso Nig. Ltd
25 Amiliba Road Otolo, Nnewi
3. Engr. M. D. Ukegbu Federal Polytechnic
Ado-Ekiti
4. Prof. E.I. E. Ofo Dile Registrar COREN 466 Lobito Crescent,
Wuse 2, Abuja
5. Engr. Aderemi Oke Polytechnic Division NBTE, Kaduna
6. Engr. M.I, Oti Mech. Eng. Dept Kaduna Poly. Kaduna
7. Engr. O. Odekunle Peugeot Automobile Nig. Ltd. Kaduna
297

e

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

e

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ED/STV/2001/PI/16

Curriculum and Course Specifications

NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION

UNESCO Nigeria Project

CURRICULUM AND COURSE SPECIFICATIONS

PLOT B BIDA ROAD, P.M.B. 2239, KADUNA - NIGERIA.

Mineral Resources Students Conducting Practicals on

GENERAL INFORMATION HND .................................................................................................................... 4

1.0 PHILOSOPHY OF THE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAMME

The Mechanical Engineering Programme is designed to reflect a FUNCTIONAL philosophy of education.

Power and Plant Engineering Technology option

Mechanical - Manufacturing Engineering Technology

The programme in Manufacturing Engineering technology is aimed at producing technologists with

The general entry requirements for the HND programme include:

4.2 The General Education component shall include courses in:

English Language, Communication, Industrial Management and Engineer in Society, The

7.0 AWARD OF HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA

Higher National Diploma should be awarded in four classes:

a. (i) Distinction - CGPA of 3.50 and above

8.0 GUIDANCE NOTES FOR TEACHERS

9.0 FINAL YEAR PROJECT

HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA (HND)

COURSE CODE COURSE/MODULE TITLE L T P CU CH

GNS 302 Communication in English III 1 1 - 2 2

MTH 311 Advanced Algebra 1 1 - 2 2

MEC 311 Engineer in Society 1 1 - 2 2

SDV 210 Entrepreneurship Development 2 1 - 3 3

MEC 312 Engineering Design 1 2 - 3 3

MEC 313 Strength of Materials 1 1 1 1 3 3

MEC 314 Instrumentation and Control 1 - 2 3 3

MEC 315 Mechanics of Machines 2 - 2 4 4

MEC 316 CAD/CAM 1 - 3 4 4

ICT 101 Computer Programming - - 2 2 2

COURSE CODE COURSE/MODULE TITLE L T P CU CH

MEC 317 Technical Report Writing II 1 1 - 2 2

MTH 312 Advanced Calculus 1 1 - 2 2

MEC 321 Business Management 1 1 - 2 2

MEC 322 Strength of Materials II 2 - 2 4 4

MEC 323 Fluid Mechanics 2 - 2 4 4

MEM 321 Metal Forming and Heat Treatment 2 - 4 6 6

MEM 322 Joining and Fabrication Processes 2 - 4 6 6

MEM 323 Foundry Technology and Practice 1 1 2 4 4

COURSE CODE COURSE/MODULE TITLE L T P CU CH

MTH 313 Numerical Method 1 1 - 2 2

MEM 416 CNC Programming & Robotics 1 2 - 3 3

MEM 411 Metrology 1 - 2 3 3

MEM 412 Testing and Failure of Materials 2 - 2 4 4

MEC 412 Fluid Power Machines 2 - 2 4 4

MEM 413 Machine Elements Design 2 - 4 6 6

MEM 414 Operations Management 1 - 2 3 3

MEM 415 Engineering Materials and Applications 2 - 1 3 3

MEC 400 Project - - 3 3 3

COURSE CODE COURSE/MODULE TITLE L T P CU CH

MTH 413 Statistical Methods in Engineering 1 1 - 2 2

MEC 427 Quality Assurance 2 - 1 3 3

MEM 421 Machine Tools Systems 1 - 2 3 3

MEM 422 Machine Tool Processes 2 - 2 4 4

MEM423 Press & cutting Tools Design 2 - 2 4 4

MEP 426 Steam Power Engineering 1 - 1 2 2

MEP 425 Industrial Engineering 1 1 - 2 2

MEC 411 Environmental Engineering 1 1 - 2 2

MEM 424 Materials Handling 1 1 - 2 2

MEM 425 Jigs, Fixtures and Tool Design 2 - 2 4 4